Final Pts 12cc348

CERT.

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

SCOPE OF WORK AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

1

2

3

NO.

DESCRIPTION

CHK’

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

REVISIONS DRAWN BY

THM

DATE

FOR

CHK’D BY

APPROVED

CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM BA

GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT CERTIFIED

QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION FINAL

BY

PTS-12CC 348

: M. AL-SAFFAR ________ ______

DATE :____________________

(ATTACHMENT TO SCHEDULE "B” OF CONTRACT NO. #####/00)

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

1 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT.

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

CHK’

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DESCRIPTION

SECTION I

Page INTRODUCTION

II

1

2

3

NO.

1.01 1.02 1.03 1.04

GENERAL PROJECT DESCRIPTION PROJECT SUMMARY DEFINITION OF TERMS

5 5 5 6

BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND GUIDELINES

REVISIONS DRAWN BY

2.01 2.02 2.03 2.04 2.05 2.06 2.07 2.08 2.09 2.10 2.11

THM

DATE CHK’D BY

APPROVED

BA

2.12 2.13 2.14 2.15

CERTIFIED

III

: M. AL-SAFFAR

3.05 3.06

________ ______

DATE :____________________

3.07 3.08 3.09 IV

JOB ORDER NO.

29 30 31 34 34

GENERAL ELECTRICAL WORK CIVIL WORK INDUSTRIAL SECURITY AND FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS MECHANICAL WORKS PROJECT DESIGN DOCUMENTS, CALCULATIONS AND DRAWING ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS PROJECT INTERFACE STANDARDS, CODES AND SPECIFICATIONS

36 37 38 38 39 40 44 45 46

ENGINEERING DESIGN CRITERIA AND REQUIREMENTS 4.01 4.02 4.03

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED

7 8 8 11 11 16 17 28 28 29

SCOPE OF WORK 3.01 3.02 3.03 3.04

BY

GENERAL CONDITIONS KICK-OFF MEETING BASE DESIGN PHASE BASE DESIGN REVIEW PROJECT DRAWINGS PROGRESS REPORTING QA/QC REQUIREMENTS OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS TECHNICAL DATA MANUALS TEST RECORD BOOK PLANT TAGGING OF EQUIPMENT AND INDEPENDENT COMPONENTS CONTRACTOR/COMPANY'S CONSTRUCTION SITE OFFICE AND FACILITY LOSS PREVENTION REQUIREMENTS OPERATIONAL SPARE PARTS SHUTDOWN/OUTAGE COORDINATION

ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS DESIGN REQUIREMENTS

53 53 54

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

2 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT.

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

CHK’

TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION

DESCRIPTION

V

Page EQUIPMENT/MATERIALS SPECIFICATIONS 5.01 5.02 5.03 5.04

5.06 5.07 5.08 5.09 5.10 5.11

1

2

3

NO.

5.05

REVISIONS DRAWN BY

THM

DATE CHK’D BY

5.12 5.13

APPROVED

VI

6.06

CERTIFIED

VII

59 59 59 59 59 59 60 60 61 62

GENERAL REEL STORAGE REEL HANDLING POWER CABLE INSTALLATION 380kV CABLE ENTRY INTO SUBSTATION AND CONNECTION INTO GIS OTHER INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

63 63 63 64 67 68

COMMISSIONING/TESTS 7.01 7.02 7.03 7.04

BY

57 57 58

INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS AND GUIDELINES 6.01 6.02 6.03 6.04 6.05

BA

GENERAL 380kV POWER CABLES 380kV CABLE TERMINATIONS & SPLICE KITS GROUNDING CABLE FOR LINK BOX AND GROUNDING ROD FOR LINK BOX BONDING LEADS & SHEATH SECTIONALIZING INSULATORS LINK BOXES SHEATH VOLTAGE LIMITER CABLE WARNING TAPES WARNING POSTS PVC CONDUITS & FITTINGS, AND HDPE DUCTS INDUSTRIAL SECURITY AND FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS VENTILATION SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS PLUMBING SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ELECTRICAL TESTS FOR NEW 380kV XLPE CABLES ELECTRICAL TESTING OF LINK BOX FIELD TESTS ON 380kV CABLES

69 69 70 71

: M. AL-SAFFAR ________ ______

DATE :____________________

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

3 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT.

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

CHK’

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

DESCRIPTION

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1

2

3

NO.

APPENDICES APPENDIX- I

LIST OF ATTACHED CONCEPTUAL DESIGN AND REFERENCE DRAWINGS

APPENDIX- II

MATERIAL DATA SCHEDULES

APPENDIX- III

TECHNICAL DATA MANUALS FORMS

APPENDIX- IV

BID STANDARD FORMAT

APPENDIX- V

OPERATIONAL SPARE PARTS

APPENDIX- VI

COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

APPENDIX- VII

PROTECTION SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS (by other Contractor)

APPENDIX-VIII

CIVIL AND STRUCTURAL WORKS

APPENDIX- IX

N/A

APPENDIX- X

N/A

APPENDIX- XII

N/A

APPENDIX-XIII

SPECIAL TOOLS & EQUIPMENT (by other Contractor)

APPENDIX- XVI

GEOTECHNICAL AND CONCRETE INVESTIGATION AND MATERIAL TESTING (APPLICABLE IF REQUIRED)

EXHIBIT- 1

COMPANY FORM NO.16511 (2/10)

REVISIONS DRAWN BY

THM

DATE CHK’D BY

APPROVED

BA

CERTIFIED

BY

: M. AL-SAFFAR ________ ______

DATE :____________________

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

PTS-12CC348, 02-12-2012 PLANT NO. SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) C 640 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

4 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT.

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

CHK’

SECTION I - INTRODUCTION 1.01 GENERAL

1

2

3

NO.

DESCRIPTION

This Scope of WORK and Technical Specifications (PTS-12CC348) and the associated PROJECT Conceptual Drawings, which are Attachment I to Schedule "B" of CONTRACT No. 00000/00, describe the specific scope of WORK that the CONTRACTOR is required to carry out on Lump Sum Turnkey basis until the successful commissioning and integration of the proposed 380kV Underground Cables along with Fiber Optic Cables and control/instrumentation cables between GT AT Qassim Power Plant to GIS at Qassim-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION. REVISIONS

DRAWN BY

1.02 PROJECT DESCRIPTION This PROJECT will provide Three (3) 380kV Underground cable circuits between GT AT Qassim Power Plant to GIS at Qassim-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION along with Fiber Optic and control/instrumentation Cables with necessary Cable Tunnels, Duct Banks, Hand Holes, and Trenches as applicable for Power Cables along with Fiber Optic and Control/instrumentation Cables.

THM

DATE CHK’D BY

APPROVED

1.03 PROJECT SUMMARY The summary of the Scope of WORK of this PROJECT, to be carried out by the CONTRACTOR includes the following: BA

A.

CERTIFIED

Provide and install Three (3) 380kV Underground Cable circuits From GT AT Qassim Power Plant to GIS at Qassim-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION The approximate route length of each circuit will be as under. Each circuit consist of one run of 1/C-1000 mm2 super clean-XLPE, Cu. conductor, cable per phase complete with all other accessories, 1. Steam Turbine #1 To S/S 9032 : 600M 2. Steam Turbine #02 To S/S 9032: 330M 3. Steam Turbine #03 To S/S 9032: 1000M

BY

: M. AL-SAFFAR ________ ______

DATE :____________________

B. Provide and install Underground Fiber Optic cable and Control Cables, Complete with all accessories, along the proposed route of 380kV cables, GT at Qassim Power Plant to GIS at Qassim-4 (9032)380KV SUBSTATION C. Construction of concrete encased duct banks, cable trenches, tunnels and Thrust Boring/Directional Drilling as required along the proposed route as per COMPANY Standard Drawing TA-800062 and TA-800063. D. DTS System (6 Channel) for each phase of the 380kV Cable along with associated Cable Heat Sensors.

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

5 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT.

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

CHK’

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

1.04 DEFINITION OF TERMS

DESCRIPTION

The terms, abbreviations and/or expressions frequently used hereinafter shall have the following meaning:

1

2

3

NO.

Terms / Abbreviation • COMPANY • U/G • F/O Cable • CONTRACTOR

Meaning Saudi Electricity Company Underground Fiber Optic Cable 380kV Cable Contractor, responsible execution of the Underground Cable Work

for

the

REVISIONS DRAWN BY

THM

*** END OF SECTION I ***

DATE CHK’D BY

APPROVED

BA

CERTIFIED

BY

: M. AL-SAFFAR ________ ______

DATE :____________________

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

6 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT.

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

CHK’

SECTION II - BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND GUIDELINES 2.01 GENERAL CONDITIONS

1

2

3

NO.

DESCRIPTION

A. All components and accessories required for the completion and successful operation of the WORK covered under the scope of this PROJECT, either specified in detail or not, shall be supplied and installed by the CONTRACTOR as necessary.

REVISIONS DRAWN BY

THM

DATE CHK’D BY

APPROVED

B. The engineering design and specifications of equipment/materials supplied under this PROJECT shall be in accordance with this Scope of WORK and Technical Specifications and COMPANY Standards. If the equipment either does not conform to specifications or is not acceptable to COMPANY based on past operating experience/any other reason, the CONTRACTOR shall propose alternative equipment for review and acceptance by COMPANY. However, in case of a conflict in the requirements, the CONTRACTOR shall bring this to the attention of the COMPANY and shall obtain such applicable requirements for this PROJECT in writing from the COMPANY. The CONTRACTOR shall have no right to decide on his own the requirements in case of such a conflict, and in case of such an eventuality, he will be doing so at his own risk and cost as the COMPANY reserves the right to reject any or the complete part of such WORK arising out of the CONTRACTOR's own decision. C.

BA

CERTIFIED

The drawings enclosed with this Scope of work and Technical Specifications are conceptual and for the information of the CONTRACTOR only. The CONTRACTOR should read these drawings in conjunction with this Scope of work and Technical Specifications. The successful CONTRACTOR shall develop detailed design drawings for construction purposes. The engineering and design works under this Contract shall be carried out by an engineering and design firm who has registration to carryout engineering and design works in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia. The proposed engineering and design firm shall also be from Saudi Electricity Company acceptable list of Engineering & Design firms or shall get pre-qualified before the contract Award for carrying out any engineering and design works for this project.

D. Copies of existing drawings, design calculations, technical reports and other information as deemed appropriate by the COMPANY may be provided to the CONTRACTOR upon request, if available. However, if such information is not available, then the CONTRACTOR should be responsible for the independent development of the information required to complete the PROJECT specified. BY

: M. AL-SAFFAR ________ ______

E. The specifications of equipment and materials specified herein are to be considered as the minimum requirements, and the bidders shall carry out their own basic and detailed design necessary for their proposed specifications.

DATE :____________________

F.

The base design shall be finalized at base design review meeting based on the guideline drawings issued hereof, manufacturer's drawings, calculations and data sheets, and detailed design shall be finalized based on the base design review and other required information.

G. All documents, drawings data and instruction books to be submitted by the CONTRACTOR shall be written in English language and Metric Unit system. H. The submission of final detail drawings shall be progressive and phased out to give sufficient review time to COMPANY. THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

7 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT.

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

I.

COMPANY's acceptance of the CONTRACTOR's design does not relieve him of any part of his obligations to meet all the requirements of the CONTRACT nor the responsibility for the correctness of the design and construction drawings of the PROJECT.

J.

All WORK, including services for the test and inspections required by the COMPANY and demonstrations, if any, for familiarization of maintenance and commissioning, etc., to the COMPANY personnel by the manufacturer's representative shall be arranged / done by the CONTRACTOR.

DESCRIPTION

CHK’

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

1

2

3

NO.

K. The CONTRACTOR shall submit for COMPANY review and approval, the demonstration package proposed by him giving the detail/list of equipment and devices that will be demonstrated. REVISIONS DRAWN BY

L.

Any WORK, which requires shutdown of transmission/distribution feeders or substation shall be closely coordinated with COMPANY. All outages shall be scheduled at least four (4) weeks in advance.

M

The CONTRACTOR’s organizational chart shall be prepared as specified in Instruction to Bidders on Technical Proposal.

THM

DATE CHK’D BY

APPROVED

N. The CONTRACTOR shall submit along with bid proposal the operational spare parts listed in the pricing attachment "VI' to Schedule 'C' of this Contract. 2.02 KICK-OFF MEETING A Kick-Off Meeting will be held in COMPANY Headquarters shortly after award of the CONTRACT. This meeting will cover PROJECT implementation, the Scope of WORK, and Schedule and will give the CONTRACTOR an opportunity to discuss all matters related to carrying out his responsibilities.

BA

CERTIFIED

BY

: M. AL-SAFFAR ________ ______

2.03 BASE DESIGN PHASE A. The base design phase of the PROJECT is a 10-12 weeks period of preliminary engineering following the kick-off meeting. The purpose of the base design phase is to completely define the PROJECT in enough details to satisfy the COMPANY that all requirements are being incorporated. Information developed during the base design shall be used as a guide throughout the PROJECT and shall be considered binding on both parties, unless operational difficulties or design flaws observed during detailed design review are noted and mandate change. All base design drawings shall be stamped as "Base Design Drawing.” Coordination meetings will be conducted with the CONTRACTOR's Design team on regular basis until the design is complete.

DATE :____________________

B. The CONTRACTOR shall submit eight (8) sets of the base design document at least four (4) weeks ahead of the base design review meeting, which shall include, but not limited to the following: 1.

Narrative Scope of WORK as proposed by CONTRACTOR: a.

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

Description of WORK

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

8 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT.

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

REVISIONS DRAWN BY

b.

Design Basis and Data

c.

Testing and Commissioning Procedures

d.

Maintenance Aspects

e.

Special considerations including design, construction/operation constraints (if any), problem areas and proposed solutions.

f.

Itemized listing of all equipment/facilities to be installed and description of all WORK to be accomplished. This listing is to be broken down by location, job phase and quantities of like items.

1

2

3

NO.

DESCRIPTION

CHK’

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

THM

2.

Detailed PROJECT Schedule and Critical Path

3.

Major Materials Purchase Requisitions (Preliminary)

4.

Design Calculations, as a minimum, but not limited to:

DATE CHK’D BY

APPROVED

BA

CERTIFIED

BY

: M. AL-SAFFAR ________ ______

a.

Detailed Cable Ampacity Calculations as per proposed cable route for worst case.

b.

Electrical Interference Study in case the power cable parallels the communication circuits.

c.

Calculation of Power Cables Sequence Impedance.

d.

Calculation for Cable Metallic Sheath Size to withstand System Fault Current for one second.

e.

Sheath Induced Voltage Calculations under normal & fault conditions (for both Single Point Bonding and Cross Bonding Systems) and Selection of Sheath Voltage Limiters (SVL).

f.

Calculations for Distributed Temperature Sensing System along with associated Sensors.

g.

Structural calculation for duct banks on road crossings

h.

Detailed explanation for adopting the major/minor sections arrangement of the cross bonding.

i.

Cable pulling tension and sidewall pressure calculations.

DATE :____________________

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

5.

Soil Investigation Report for Thermal and Electrical Resistivity Measurements along the whole Cable Route at the spacing of 500m.

6.

The following Design Drawings, as a minimum, but not limited to: a.

Drawing Control Sheet

b.

Abbreviations, Symbols and Legends

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

9 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT.

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

REVISIONS DRAWN BY

c.

Plot Plan

d.

380kV Underground System One Line Diagram

e.

Hand-hole details for F.O. cable.

f.

380kV Power and Fiber Optic and Control Cables Routing Plan and Profile

g.

Cable Termination Arrangement Plan, Sections and Details

h.

Sheath Bonding Schematic Diagram, indicating Minor & Major Section Lengths.

i.

Link Box Location, Connections and Joint Bay Details

j.

380kV Power and Fiber Optic Cable Routing Sections, Elevations and Details (with all necessary sections and other utilities in the vicinity of the route)

k.

Foundation Details for 380kV Cable Link Box and other Support Structures

l.

Details of Trenches, Duct banks, Hand holes, Thrust Boring/Directional Drilling

m.

Bonding method and grounding arrangement and details

n.

Interface diagram with 380kV Switchgear at Qassim Power Plant a Qassim-4 (9032)380KV SUBSTATION DTS System (6 Channel) for each phase of the 380kV Cable along with associated Cable Heat Sensors.

1

2

3

NO.

DESCRIPTION

CHK’

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

THM

DATE CHK’D BY

APPROVED

BA

o.

CERTIFIED

7.

Manufacturers’ Technical Specifications (literature, catalogs, drawings, type test report and completed Data Schedules) of the following major equipment, including but not be limited to the following: (Particular type, model should be clearly indicated and/or highlighted):

BY

: M. AL-SAFFAR

-

________ ______

DATE :____________________

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

380kV Power Cable Bonding & Earthing Cables 380kV Cable Termination/Splice Kits Cable Supports Sheath Voltage Limiter Link Box Link Box Foundation Cable Warning Tape Cable Tiles Wire Mesh Cable warning post Duct Sealing Units Cable Tile Cover

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

10 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT.

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

1

2

3

NO.

DESCRIPTION

CHK’

-

REVISIONS DRAWN BY

PVC Conduits and Fittings Power Cable Clamps Fire Proofing Material to Protect the Cable in Cable Basement Distributed Temperature Sensing System

8.

Type Test Reports for Major Equipment/ Materials

9.

Factory and SITE Test Program

10.

Job Safety Plan (CONTRACTOR’S Loss Prevention Program)

11.

SITE Security Plan

12.

QA/QC plan

THM

DATE CHK’D BY

APPROVED

C. The base design submittal shall be submitted fully complete, containing drawings and calculations of all discipline as stated above. Partial submittals or packages are unacceptable and will be rejected. Base design shall include drawings required to define the project. Additional drawings if provided will not be reviewed during the base design phase. 2.04 BASE DESIGN REVIEW After completing the Base Design, the CONTRACTOR shall present the Base Design Package for technical review along with the Drawing Control Sheet. CONTRACTOR's PROJECT Manager, PROJECT Engineer and the Design/Construction Engineer in each field of specification shall attend the presentation meeting. During this meeting, the COMPANY's comments on the base design package will be reviewed and discussed in detail to finalize the base design for the PROJECT. Minutes of the meeting shall be prepared by the CONTRACTOR to be concurred by the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE.

BA

CERTIFIED

CONTRACTOR may initiate the material procurement WORK during the base design phase of the PROJECT but the final approval of the material shall be done only after consideration of comments generated during Base Design Phase and resolution of comments during the Base Design Review meeting. 2.05 PROJECT DRAWINGS BY

: M. AL-SAFFAR ________ ______

A. General

DATE :____________________

1.

The CONTRACTOR shall provide all drawings required for this PROJECT covering all the substations involved in accordance with the requirements of the COMPANY Engineering Drawing Preparation Standards (SEEDS-II Rev.01). The drawings shall be assigned with drawing numbers and indexed as outlined in the above procedure. A block of drawing numbers shall be provided by the COMPANY for all new drawings/documents.

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

11 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT.

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

2.

Drawings shall be of uniform size in each discipline as much as possible and ISO scales hall be 1:10, 1:50, 1:100 and 1:1200, etc.

3.

The existing system drawings of the source substation are generally available with the COMPANY in digital or tiff format except in certain cases where it is in the form of hard copies. Copies of existing available drawings shall be provided on CONTRACTOR'S written request. However, if any related information is not available, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to develop all the required drawings to satisfy the PROJECT requirements.

4.

The drawings involving modification/expansion of the existing system in source substation shall cover the details of the existing system and interface. The drawings in general shall be computer drafted and compatible with Microstation V8 or above version software computer-aideddesign (CAD) system. However, in case of drawings involving modifications to existing drawings, which are not available in digital or tiff format CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to develop all the required drawings.

5.

The drawing to be submitted by the CONTRACTOR shall be of the following standard size in accordance SEEDS-I & SEEDS-II.

1

2

3

NO.

DESCRIPTION

CHK’

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

REVISIONS DRAWN BY

THM

DATE CHK’D BY

APPROVED

A- Size sheet, 711x1016 mm or (28x40 in.) B- Size sheet, 508x711 mm or (20x28 in.) C- Size sheet, 356x508 mm or (14x20 in.) D- Size sheet, 279x432 mm or (11x17 in.) E- Size sheet, 211x297 mm or (8.27x11.69 in.)

BA

6.

a. All existing drawings including common drawings affected by this PROJECT shall be revised and submitted for COMPAY review as part of CONTRATOR'S design submittals. The drawings in general shall be computer drafted Microstation V8 or above version software in accordance with SEEDS-II Rev.01.

CERTIFIED

BY

Revision of Existing Drawings/ Drawing Control Sheets

b. For modification WORKS of existing substation, the existing drawings only shall be revised as far as possible. If revising the existing drawings are not feasible or not practical and new drawings need to be developed, then preferably, the same number with additional/different sheet number shall be allotted. New drawings having new drawing numbers shall be created only if drawings of existing system are not available.

: M. AL-SAFFAR ________ ______

DATE :____________________

c. The drawing involving modification/expansion of the existing system in substation shall cover the details of the existing system and interface. Drawings giving only the isolated views/information of expansion/modification work without details of existing system/interface are not acceptable. If new drawings, developed for modification work of existing system do not cover the complete details of existing system, then the corresponding existing system drawings shall also be modified to show the interface/integration with the new drawings developed, and submitted for COMPANY review as part of CONTRACTOR'S design THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

12 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT.

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

CHK’

submittal.

e. All the existing drawing control sheets shall be revised to reflect the new revision numbers of existing drawings revised and to identify the superseded drawings. In addition, a prominent note shall be put on the revised existing drawing control sheet (s) to indicate the new drawing control sheet number, if a new drawing control sheet was developed. (e.g., " See drawing control sheet * CT 906044 for list of drawings developed for C. N. # xxxxxxxxx for ………).

1

2

3

NO.

DESCRIPTION

d. The existing drawings are listed in the drawing control sheet(s) for the substation and covered in more than one (1) drawing control sheet for each of the affected existing substations. The CONTRACTOR shall review/study these various by drawing control sheets and drawing, identify the superseded/latest drawings and if necessary carry out field verification to ascertain the correctness of the existing drawings. Only the appropriate/ correct drawings shall be used for developing the drawings for modification WORKS, While modifying any existing drawing sheet, the sheet will be submitted in duplicate, one marked as existing and the other marked as 'modified'.

REVISIONS DRAWN BY

THM

DATE CHK’D BY

APPROVED

7.

Protection/Monitoring System Drawing Format Requirements All drawings shall be titled to explain the full function of the circuits represented on that drawing including station and equipment names. Drawings shall be designed and produced in order to maximize ease of maintenance and installation. Each drawing shall have a legend included explaining the functions of all devices on that drawing. All equipment shall be labeled and identified on the diagrams as per the designations assigned by the COMPANY. All drawing formats must be approved by COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE.

BA

a. Protection AC One-Line and Three-Line Diagrams

CERTIFIED

All the Protection/Monitoring System COMPANY Standard TES-P-119.33.

related

drawings

shall

meet

b. Wiring Diagrams

BY

Wiring diagrams shall be produced for all panels and equipment. Panel wiring diagrams shall be arranged such that they represent a working view of the panel wiring with terminal blocks and devices arranged on the drawing as they exist in the panels. When possible, it is required to have only one (1) drawing per panel. If it is impossible to include all devices on one (1) drawing, the panel drawing shall be subdivided into sections (vertically or horizontally), making a mosaic of drawings physically representing the panel arrangement.

: M. AL-SAFFAR ________ ______

DATE :____________________

c. Schematic Diagrams All the Protection related drawings shall meet COMPANY Standard TESP119.33

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

13 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT.

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

Vendor Drawings 1.

CONTRACTOR shall prepare all vendor drawings in Microstation V8 or above version software in accordance with SEEDS-II Rev.01 and submit to the COMPANY.

2.

Vendor drawings and manufacturer drawings, data schedules, specification sheets installation and operating instructions and any other data required for material or equipment. Requirements of such information are an integral part of the purchase order and shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR.

3.

Preparation and assignment of vendor drawing numbers shall be in accordance with COMPANY Engineering Drawing Preparation Standard (SEEDS-II Rev.01).

4.

All vendor drawings shall be subject to review and approval by the COMPANY at various stages (bid/base design/detail design/construction) of the CONTRACT.

1

2

3

NO.

DESCRIPTION

CHK’

B.

REVISIONS DRAWN BY

THM

DATE CHK’D BY

Note: All vendor drawings shall be consistent with main drawings in all respects and the vendor drawings shall clearly indicate all inter references with main drawings and all other vendor drawings as applicable.

APPROVED

C. Base Design Drawings The CONTRACTOR shall submit base design drawings to the COMPANY with his Base Design Package per Section 3.

BA

D. Final Detail Design/Construction Drawings The CONTRACTOR shall submit point wise compliance statement to COMPANY’s comments and shall obtain approval for all final detail design drawings after incorporating COMPANY comments. All details design drawings shall be stamped as “Detail Design Drawings”. After receiving the approval, the CONTRACTOR shall submit to the COMPANY eight (8) complete sets of all interconnected drawings issued for construction in one (1) submittal. These drawings shall be submitted to the COMPANY to be stamped as “Noted By” before they are stamped and issued to CONTRACTOR’S construction team as “Issued For Construction”, but in no case less than fourteen (14) days prior to the start of construction activity.

CERTIFIED

BY

: M. AL-SAFFAR ________ ______

No WORK shall be started at site unless all interconnected drawings for a particular WORK has been fully reviewed and agreed upon by the COMPANY and final construction drawings are available at WORK SITE and with the COMPANY.

DATE :____________________

CONTRACTOR shall provide a composite list of drawings as a minimum for this PROJECT as given in Section 3.04. Final detailed design drawings shall be submitted fully complete, by discipline representing fully the part of the PROJECT to be constructed and all the related drawings. Partial submittals are not acceptable and will be rejected.

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

14 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT.

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

CHK’

E. As-Built Drawings

REVISIONS DRAWN BY

THM

2.

DATE CHK’D BY

APPROVED

All revisions shall reflect field modifications to engineering flow diagrams, electrical one-line diagrams, electrical schematic connection and interconnection wiring diagrams; instrument hook-ups, wiring diagrams, terminal connections, dimensioned equipment layouts, all underground installations and other WORK and facilities not normally visible. The CONTRACTOR shall provide "As-Built" drawings showing all field modifications to drawings and diagrams prepared by the Vendors and SUBCONTRACTORS. If the CONTRACTOR was given hard copy or tiff image file to existing "AsBuilt" drawings, then it is the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to request the COMPANY at least two (2) months before the Technical completion for the existing "As-Built" drawings and redraw them in Microstation V8 or above version software in accordance with SEEDS-II Rev.01.Updating of existing “AsBuilt" drawings will not be accepted.

BA

CERTIFIED

3.

BY

As the PROJECT nears completion, "As-Built" drawings shall be prepared by the CONTRACTOR in sufficient details to present an accurate record for COMPANY. All existing drawings affected by this PROJECT shall be revised and corresponding existing drawing control sheets shall be updated by the CONTRACTOR. The existing drawing control sheet shall be updated and automated in XLS format. If the existing substation drawings do not have drawing control sheet, then the CONTRACTOR shall prepare new Drawing Control Sheet, which shall include the new and existing drawings. CONTRACTOR shall coordinate with COMPANY for the list of the existing drawings. All Drawing Control Sheets, listing all proposed and existing drawings shall also be submitted in the Base Design submittal.

1

2

3

NO.

DESCRIPTION

1.

As part of “As-Built” drawings submission, the CONTRACTOR shall also provide the COMPANY three (3) sets of field marked-up drawings reflecting the “As-Built” condition of the particular segment of WORK completed by the CONTRACTOR and distributed, as given below, prior to energization: -

: M. AL-SAFFAR ________ ______

One (1) set shall be retained by the COMPANY at the substation. One (1) set shall be submitted to the COMPANY. One (1) set shall be used for “as-built” by CONTRACTOR’s Engineering and Design Consultants, which shall be included in the final submittal.

DATE :____________________

4.

One (1) sample of original (digital Microstation *.DGN format) and five (5) check prints from different “As-Built” engineering drawings shall be submitted to the COMPANY to verify the quality of digital Microstation *.DGN format and whether the correct drafting procedure is adopted, one (1) month before initial submission of “As-Built” drawings. Before submitting the final “As-Built” drawings one sample drawing shall be submitted and got approved. Five (5) copies of the “As-Built” documents shall be submitted to the COMPANY for review as to adequacy, completeness, legibility and conforming to drafting standards. If returned, the CONTRACTOR shall make

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

15 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT.

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

DESCRIPTION

CHK’

corrections, provide additional data and improve the quality as instructed prior to resubmittal and COMPANY acceptance. The revised “As-Built” drawings shall be resubmitted within four (4) weeks after commissioning. Five (5) sets of final “As-Built” drawings, one (1) set digital Microstation". DGN format drawings in CD shall be submitted to the COMPANY for records. 2.06

PROGRESS REPORTING

1

2

3

NO.

A. The CONTRACTOR shall submit Weekly PROJECT Progress Reports, in COMPANY-approved formats for the PROJECT to the responsible COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE. Soft copy of progress reports shall be submitted along with the hard copy. For this purpose, the total WORK shall be divided into: REVISIONS

DRAWN BY

1.

Engineering and Design.

2.

Procurement/ Manufacture/ Fabrication Inspection and Delivery of Materials/ Equipment.

3.

Construction and Installation.

4.

Testing and Commissioning.

THM

DATE CHK’D BY

APPROVED

B. The following information shall be included in the Progress Reports: BA

CERTIFIED

BY

1.

Percent of WORK completed as compared to the weighted schedule used to assess WORK progress.

2.

Statement of items worked on and/or completed during the period.

3.

Statement of items to be worked on and/or completed during the following period.

4.

Problem areas, which can have an adverse effect on the schedule.

5.

Safety statistics and minutes of construction safety meeting and progress meeting.

6.

Manpower and equipment availability against the schedule requirement.

: M. AL-SAFFAR ________ ______

DATE :____________________

C. The CONTRACTOR shall carry out PROJECT planning/scheduling by using MS PROJECT computer software. All PROJECT schedules shall be submitted in CD. D. Weekly Progress Meeting shall be conducted between the COMPANY and the CONTRACTOR during the entire CONTRACT duration of the PROJECT. Other coordination and interface meetings will be conducted, as required. The CONTRACTOR shall prepare the minutes of all meetings. The initial draft shall be submitted by the CONTRACTOR to the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE for review and concurrence. The CONTRACTOR shall then incorporate the required corrections and submit to the COMPANY one (1) original and two (2) copies after they are duly signed by the authorized representative of the CONTRACTOR. The

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

16 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT.

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

CHK’

COMPANY shall sign one (1) copy in acceptance and furnish it to the CONTRACTOR and retain the original.

DESCRIPTION

In addition, a Weekly Construction Safety Meeting shall be conducted by the CONTRACTOR's Safety Engineer or PROJECT Engineer. Minutes of meeting shall be forwarded to the COMPANY. 2.07

QUALITY ASSURANCE/QUALITY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

CONTRACTOR shall implement an effective quality management, which addresses all direct and indirect activities related to the PROJECT to ensure that all contractual conditions are met. Quality planning, quality control, quality assurance and quality improvement shall be part of CONTRACTOR's quality management. To effectively manage the PROJECT quality, CONTRACTOR shall develop a clearly defined PROJECT Quality Plan/Quality Program. The PROJECT Quality Plan/Quality Program shall be implemented from PROJECT start until completion and communicated at different levels of the PROJECT organization. In addition, CONTRACTOR shall also require manufacturers/suppliers to develop and implement Quality Control Plan/ Inspection and Test Plan for each major material/equipment.

1

2

3

NO.

A. Quality Management

REVISIONS DRAWN BY

THM

DATE CHK’D BY

APPROVED

B. PROJECT Quality Plan / Quality Program BA

1.

The PROJECT Quality Plan/Quality Program shall set out the specific quality procedures and practices, resources, and all activities (in sequence) relevant to this PROJECT. The PROJECT Quality Plan/Quality Program shall address all QA/QC activities during design, procurement, manufacturing/fabrication, delivery, storage, construction, installation, testing and commissioning of all items of WORK and materials/equipment per Scope of WORK and Technical Specification.

2.

The PROJECT Quality Plan/Quality Program shall be submitted to the COMPANY as part of the base design package for review and approval.

3.

The PROJECT Quality Plan/Quality Program shall clearly define and address the following:

CERTIFIED

BY

: M. AL-SAFFAR ________ ______

a.

The quality objectives to be attained and CONTRACTOR’s commitment to achieve the objectives in the form of a signed policy statement. The policy statement shall be signed by CONTRACTOR’s management personnel not lower than the person who signed this CONTRACT.

b.

Detailed PROJECT organizational chart and specific allocations of responsibilities and authorities during the different phases of the PROJECT.

DATE :____________________

CONTRACTOR shall include in the PROJECT organizational chart QA/QC engineers and inspectors dedicated to quality assurance and quality control (QA/QC). The QA/QC engineers and inspectors shall report directly to the overall PROJECT Manager. The QA/QC engineers THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

17 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT.

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

CONTRACTOR shall use QA/QC personnel other than those performing or directly supervising the WORK. The QA/QC personnel shall not report directly to immediate supervisors responsible for producing the WORK being inspected. CONTRACTOR’s QA/QC personnel shall be kept free from the pressures of cost, schedule and production and shall be given the necessary authority and independence to perform their roles effectively. The number of CONTRACTOR’S QA/QC engineers shall be as required in the Instruction to Bidders for Technical Proposal.

1

2

3

NO.

DESCRIPTION

CHK’

and inspectors shall have adequate experience in their area of responsibility and shall be responsible for ensuring that all phases of the PROJECT are built, tested and commissioned in accordance with the requirements of the PROJECT Scope of WORK and Technical Specifications. The CONTRACTOR’s Chief QA/QC engineer shall interface directly with the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE.

REVISIONS DRAWN BY

THM

DATE

c.

CHK’D BY

CONTRACTOR’s PROJECT QA/QC engineers shall review all products and services prior to procurement to ensure conformance to specified requirements. Procurement control shall include source evaluation and selection, source inspection and evaluation of objective evidence of quality furnished by a supplier against the PROJECT specification.

APPROVED

These products shall cover major materials/equipment and other items including but not necessarily limited to testing services, fill materials, Portland cement concrete and additives, asphalt concrete, water proofing, steel structures, HVAC materials and equipment, electrical materials, plumbing materials, architectural and finishing materials and formwork materials.

BA

CERTIFIED

d.

BY

________ ______

DATE :____________________

JOB ORDER NO.

Quality Audit CONTRACTOR shall conduct its own internal quality surveillance at appropriate stages (e.g. design, procurement, construction, installation and commissioning stage) of the PROJECT to determine compliance to and the effectiveness of the PROJECT Quality Plan/Quality Program. Each element of the PROJECT Quality Plan/Quality Program shall be assessed at least once during the life of the PROJECT. The schedule and frequency should be adjusted if one or more of the following conditions exist:

: M. AL-SAFFAR

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED

Procurement Control

i.

Result of previous surveillance indicates a need to perform them more frequently.

ii.

Significant changes are Plan/Quality Program.

iii.

Safety, performance or reliability of an item is questionable due to non-conformance.

made

in

the

PROJECT

Quality

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

18 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT.

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

CHK’

iv.

Verification of corrective action implementation.

DESCRIPTION

Personnel conducting the quality surveillance shall be independent of those having direct responsibility for the specific activities or areas being evaluated or assessed.

REVISIONS DRAWN BY

CONTRACTOR’s QA/QC engineer/inspector shall re-inspect repaired and reworked non-conforming items. CONTRACTOR shall not use any repaired item or product unless approved by the COMPANY. Under this clause, the following definitions apply:

THM

DATE CHK’D BY

APPROVED

BA

f. ________ ______

DATE :____________________

JOB ORDER NO.

Repair - Action taken on a non-conforming product so that it will fulfill the intended usage requirements although it may not conform to the original specified requirements (ISO 8402).

ii.

Rework - Action taken on a non-conforming product so that it will fulfill the specified requirement (ISO 8402).

Corrective Action CONTRACTOR shall develop, document and implement a system for determining the root cause of non-conformities and identifying the required corrective actions. New procedures or changes to existing procedures resulting from identification of the root cause and potential root cause of non-conformances shall be documented and implemented. Follow-up action shall be taken to verify effective implementation of corrective action. The identified cause and corrective action should be included in the bi-weekly site QA/QC reports that are required to be submitted to the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE.

: M. AL-SAFFAR

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED

i.

CONTRACTOR shall develop non-conformance report (NCR) form and submit it to the COMPANY for review and comment. CONTRACTOR’s QA/QC engineers/inspectors shall have the freedom to issue NCRs, verify implementation of corrective actions and prevent use of nonconforming items until the deficiency has been satisfactorily resolved. CONTRACTOR’s Chief QA/QC engineer shall submit bi-weekly site QA/QC reports to COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE about noncompliances.

CERTIFIED

BY

Non-Conformance Control CONTRACTOR shall ensure that items and services, which do not conform to specify requirements, are controlled in accordance with documented procedures to prevent unintended use. CONTRACTOR shall identify, document, segregate, evaluate and dispose nonconforming items and services after proper notification of concerned personnel within the CONTRACTOR’s organization.

1

2

3

NO.

e.

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

19 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT.

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

CHK’

g.

h.

1

2

3

NO.

DESCRIPTION

CONTRACTOR shall develop and maintain a system for preparation, maintenance, protection and preservation of quality records. Documents such as inspection reports, field inspection checklist, factory test reports, laboratory test reports, witnessed test reports, inspection logbooks, equipment calibration records/certificates, construction drawings and specifications, approved submittals and non-conformance reports are part of these records. All quality records shall be available at WORKSITE for use and/or reference by CONTRACTOR and COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE.

REVISIONS DRAWN BY

Control of Inspection, Measuring and Testing Equipment All measuring and testing equipment and devices, which can affect the quality of construction shall be controlled and maintained. CONTRACTOR shall develop and implement a documented calibration control program indicating equipment calibration schedule and identifying those who are responsible for control of the equipment. CONTRACTOR shall ensure that only properly identified and calibrated measuring and testing equipment are used in the PROJECT. Equipment calibration certificates shall be made available to COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE upon request.

THM

DATE CHK’D BY

APPROVED

i. BA

Document Control CONTRACTOR shall develop and maintain a documented control program for the review, approval, revision and distribution of documents for the activities affecting quality. Responsible personnel for revision, issuance and approval of documents shall be identified. Control shall ensure that all pertinent and current issues of appropriate documents are available at locations where they are essential and obsolete or superseded documents are promptly removed. CONTRACTOR shall list all the documents that have to be controlled and shall include PROJECT Quality Plan/Quality Program, Quality Control Plan/Inspection and Test Plan, construction and design drawings, calculations, correspondence, inspection and test reports, field inspection checklist, etc.

CERTIFIED

j. BY

Quality Records

Material/Equipment Handling, Storage, Identification and Control

: M. AL-SAFFAR ________ ______

CONTRACTOR shall verify that material/equipment meet prescribed contractual requirements and are properly handled, identifiable, traceable, cleaned, preserved and stored.

DATE :____________________

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

k.

Control of interface and interaction between the COMPANY and CONTRACTOR and between the CONTRACTOR and its SUBCONTRACTORS, manufacturers/suppliers, QA/QC Services CONTRACTOR(s) [Independent Inspection Agency (ies)] and Independent Testing Laboratories.

l.

Any other applicable QA/QC activity (ies) for the PROJECT.

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

20 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT.

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY Design Control a.

If the CONTRACTOR is responsible for any design activity, CONTRACTOR shall describe the design control program that will be applied on this PROJECT whether the design activity is to be done by the CONTRACTOR’s own personnel or by design consultants. All design input and output shall be reviewed prior to release to the next stage. Hold points shall be shown or indicated in the PROJECT Quality Plan. In addition to design review, design verification shall be conducted to ensure that the design stage output meets the design stage input requirements.

b.

CONTRACTOR shall ensure that all design computations, design drawings and other design documents are properly controlled and checked prior to submission to the COMPANY. Design documents shall be signed by the person(s) who prepared and checked them. COMPANY reserves the right to return design documents without the proper signature of the responsible person(s). If the CONTRACTOR subcontracts the design activity, a copy of the scope of WORK to be subcontracted shall be submitted to the COMPANY for review and approval.

1

2

3

NO.

DESCRIPTION

CHK’

4.

REVISIONS DRAWN BY

THM

DATE

c.

CHK’D BY

APPROVED

5.

Field Testing/Inspection and Construction/Installation Control CONTRACTOR shall establish and document all procedures and WORK instructions to ensure that the construction and installation processes are performed in a controlled manner. The necessary qualification of personnel and procedure for activities such as welding, non-destructive examination, heat treatment, civil/concrete WORKS, etc. shall be defined. WORK instructions and procedures shall be adhered to by the CONTRACTOR’s personnel.

BA

CERTIFIED

BY

CONTRACTOR shall conduct inspection and testing activities at all phases and quality audit at appropriate stages of the PROJECT construction/installation. CONTRACTOR’s QA/QC engineers/inspectors shall develop and use field inspection checklist to facilitate checking of a process, activity, material or equipment. The field inspection checklist shall state the characteristic to be verified, inspection method, acceptance criteria and clause reference of the applicable standard or specification. The checklist shall have provision for writing the result of inspection, date of inspection and name and signature of the QA/QC engineer/inspector. Such activities where inspection checklists are required shall include but not necessarily limited to all pre-commissioning and commissioning checks and tests, material/equipment receiving inspection, concrete pre-pour inspection, asphalting, hydrostatic testing, pressure testing of equipment and lines and air balancing and leak testing of HVAC system. All inspection and testing results shall be reviewed, safely stored and maintained by the CONTRACTOR. Typical checklist shall be provided to the COMPANY for review and comment.

: M. AL-SAFFAR ________ ______

DATE :____________________

CONTRACTOR shall develop and implement the use of inspection logbook for use by the CONTRACTOR’s QA/QC engineers/inspectors in recording

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

21 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT. APP’

C.

Quality Control Plan/Inspection and Test Plan

1.

CONTRACTOR shall submit to the COMPANY the Quality Control Plan/Inspection and Test Plan for each major material/equipment covered under the scope of this PROJECT; based on the following Transmission/Materials, which requires third party factory inspection: • 380kV XLPE Cable • Cable Joints • Fiber Optic Cables • Cable Terminations • Link Boxes and SVL( if applicable) • DTS System • Grounding conductor XLPE/PVC Insulated Bare Grounding conductors & Grounding Rods • Non-Metallic Fiber Optic Cable • Power and Control cable rating 1 kV (all types and sizes) The quality activities including but not necessarily limited to inspection and testing, for the material/equipment shall be planned and documented in the form of a Quality Control Plan/Inspection and Test Plan. The Quality Control Plan/Inspection and Test Plan shall be submitted to the COMPANY together with the PROJECT Quality Plan/Quality Program.

1

2

3

NO.

DESCRIPTION

CHK’

their comments and observations as a result of their inspection. CONTRACTOR’s personnel responsible for rectifying any observed deficiency or non-conformance shall also write their reply in the logbook stating the actions taken to correct the deficiency. CONTRACTOR’s QA/QC engineers/inspectors shall ensure that all unsatisfactory observations on an item are cleared before any activity proceeds to the succeeding stage of that item.

REVISIONS DRAWN BY

THM

DATE CHK’D BY

APPROVED

BA

2.

CERTIFIED

BY

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

: M. AL-SAFFAR ________ ______

The essential features of the required Quality Control Plan/Inspection and Test Plan are as follows: a.

It is specifically identified to a particular material/equipment.

b.

It has provision for revisions to be made and is assigned a unique document number.

c.

It lists all the inspection and testing activities sequentially.

d.

It states the location at which the activity is to be carried out.

e.

It identifies the applicable standard, test procedure to be followed and the acceptance criteria for the inspection or test activity.

f.

It identifies the extent of inspection, sampling frequency and sample size, or extent of check.

g.

It identifies the hold point, witness point and surveillance point.

h.

It identifies the record document to be generated, reviewed and retained.

DATE :____________________

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

22 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT.

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

3.

The Quality Control Plan/Inspection and Test Plan shall indicate the scheduled dates of testing and inspection at the designated location.

4.

Factory inspection & testing of major equipment/materials (i.e. 380kV Cables and terminations etc.) involved in the PROJECT, the CONTRACTOR shall arrange traveling requirements including economy class flight and accommodation for four (4) COMPANY Personnel for witnessing the field or laboratory testing. The CONTRACTOR shall submit a schedule for factory inspection of major equipment/materials along with base design package for COMPANY review.

DESCRIPTION

CHK’

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

REVISIONS DRAWN BY

Manufacturers/Suppliers

1

2

3

NO.

D.

1.

CONTRACTOR shall procure all major material items for the PROJECT from COMPANY qualified and approved sources.

2.

CONTRACTOR shall ensure that purchase orders to manufacturers/suppliers contain all the applicable industry and COMPANY developed standards and specifications.

3.

CONTRACTOR shall ensure that Purchase Order(s) to approved manufacturers/ suppliers are not re-assigned or sub-contracted to other manufacturers/suppliers without COMPANY’s written consent.

THM

DATE CHK’D BY

APPROVED

BA

E. Quality Assurance and Quality [Independent Inspection Agency]

2.

CONTRACTOR shall instruct the contracted Quality Assurance and Quality Control Services CONTRACTOR(s) to provide directly to COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE, by express mail or fax, four (4) copies of material status, quality surveillance reports, inspection and test reports within seven (7) days after the inspection. Soft copies of these signed reports in CD shall also be furnished and submitted for company records. All pages of the inspection and test reports shall be reviewed, signed and stamped by the approved inspector from the Quality Assurance and Quality Control Services CONTRACTOR.

3.

CONTRACTOR’s Quality Assurance and Quality Control Services CONTRACTOR shall not re-assign or sublet portion of their contracted quality control/quality assurance monitoring WORK.

4.

CONTRACTOR shall provide the COMPANY a copy of the Scope of WORK issued to the Quality Assurance and Quality Control Services CONTRACTOR.

5.

CONTRACTOR shall instruct the Quality Assurance and Quality Control Services CONTRACTOR to verify and check each material/equipment for

________ ______

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

CONTRACTOR(s)

CONTRACTOR shall CONTRACT COMPANY approved Quality Assurance and Quality Control Services CONTRACTOR(s) to provide quality control/quality assurance monitoring of all quality activities related to procurement of materials and equipment to be used in this PROJECT.

: M. AL-SAFFAR

DATE :____________________

Services

1.

CERTIFIED

BY

Control

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

23 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT. APP’

1

2

3

NO.

DESCRIPTION

CHK’

conformance against the PROJECT Scope of WORK and Technical Specification and each clause of the applicable SEC Material Standard Specification (SMSS) and Transmission Material Standard Specification (TMSS) and report all deviations that are not included in the COMPANY issued clarifications. The report of the Quality Assurance and Quality Control Services CONTRACTOR shall include the following:

REVISIONS DRAWN BY

a.

PROJECT title, CONTRACT number.

b.

Complete description of the inspected material/equipment.

c.

Report number and date.

d.

Place and date of inspection, scope of inspection.

e.

Documents used during inspection.

f.

Manufacturer and manufactured.

g.

Detailed description of the inspection and testing activities and their results, deviations to specification, manufacturer’s explanation to the deviations, visual inspection result, packing and marking inspection result, conclusion and copy of the outline drawing of the inspected material/equipment. Witnessed tests and reviewed test data shall be clearly identified in the inspection reports.

h.

Name of the inspector(s).

THM

DATE CHK’D BY

APPROVED

BA

6. CERTIFIED

plant

location

where

the

equipment

was

CONTRACTOR shall furnish copies of the following document to the Quality Assurance and Quality Control Services CONTRACTOR(s) contracted to perform quality assurance and quality control monitoring of each material and equipment before surveillance: a.

BY

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

Purchase Order placed to the manufacturer/supplier.

b.

Relevant section of PROJECT Scope of WORK and Technical Specification.

c.

Applicable COMPANY developed standard and specification.

d.

Manufacturer’s Technical Specifications and COMPANY approved design drawings.

e.

COMPANY’s approval of material/equipment clarifications issued by the COMPANY.

f.

COMPANY approved test program, manufacturing quality control plan or inspection and test plan.

: M. AL-SAFFAR ________ ______

DATE :____________________

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

and

applicable

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

24 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT.

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

7.

CONTRACTOR shall send to the COMPANY, copy (ies) of all technical correspondence exchanged between CONTRACTOR and “Quality Assurance and Quality Control Services CONTRACTOR”.

8.

CONTRACTOR shall obtain approval from COMPANY before allowing any personnel of the Quality Assurance and Quality Control Services CONTRACTOR to perform quality assurance and quality control monitoring activities related to procurement of materials to be used in this PROJECT. The specific material/equipment to be inspected, manufacturer and location of manufacturing plant shall be identified for each proposed inspector of the Quality Assurance and Quality Control Services CONTRACTOR.

9.

Employment by CONTRACTOR of a Quality Assurance and Quality Control Services CONTRACTOR shall in no way relieve the CONTRACTOR of any obligation set forth in this CONTRACT.

1

2

3

NO.

DESCRIPTION

CHK’

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

REVISIONS DRAWN BY

THM

F.

Release for Shipment Certificate

DATE CHK’D BY

1.

Release for Shipment Certificate is a certificate issued by the CONTRACTOR to the supplier/manufacturer to release the described material for shipment after recommendation by the Quality Assurance and Quality Control Services CONTRACTOR and approval by the COMPANY.

2.

CONTRACTOR shall ensure that all material requiring inspection and/or quality surveillance at the supplier/manufacturer’s facility are not shipped to the WORK SITE without a “Release for Shipment Certificate.”

3.

CONTRACTOR acknowledges that material shipped without approved “Release for Shipment Certificate” is subject to rejection and return at the CONTRACTOR’s expense.

4.

CONTRACTOR shall ensure that all inspection and surveillance reports and any other requirements are satisfactorily completed before requesting the COMPANY to approve the “Release for Shipment Certificate.”

APPROVED

BA

CERTIFIED

G. Receipt Inspection

BY

1.

CONTRACTOR shall conduct receipt inspection of major material and equipment after delivery at the WORKSITE and shall submit a copy of the report to the COMPANY.

2.

CONTRACTOR shall promptly report to the COMPANY any shipment and transportation damage.

: M. AL-SAFFAR ________ ______

DATE :____________________

H. Independent Testing Laboratory

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

1.

CONTRACTOR shall contract COMPANY approved Independent Testing Laboratory for material and field testing services.

2.

CONTRACTOR shall instruct the contracted Independent Testing Laboratory to provide four (4) copies of the test results and reports directly to COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE within three (3) days of the test completion. Test reports

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

25 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT.

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

3.

CONTRACTOR shall ensure that contracted Independent Testing Laboratory does not re-assign or sublet any portion of their contracted testing WORK.

4.

CONTRACTOR shall provide the COMPANY a copy of the Scope of WORK issued to and finalized with the Independent Testing Laboratory.

5.

CONTRACTOR shall make reasonable effort to obtain timely access by the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE to the Independent Testing Laboratory’s facility, should the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE exercise the option to witness any or all the tests and verify the calibration status of the testing equipment.

6.

Employment by CONTRACTOR of an Independent Testing Laboratory shall in no way relieve CONTRACTOR of any obligation set forth in this CONTRACT.

1

2

3

NO.

DESCRIPTION

CHK’

shall indicate the tested characteristics, test methods, acceptance criteria and applicable standard. The PROJECT Contract Number shall be used as reference on all reports.

REVISIONS DRAWN BY

THM

DATE CHK’D BY

I. APPROVED

BA

CERTIFIED

BY

________ ______

DATE :____________________

JOB ORDER NO.

1.

COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE will conduct routine and/or periodic inspection of the WORK. CONTRACTOR shall provide facilities and access to COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE to inspect the WORK and witness the tests.

2.

CONTRACTOR shall advise the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE in writing the schedule of any field or laboratory testing to be conducted for this PROJECT showing the dates and location of testing.

3.

CONTRACTOR shall attach a copy of the completed inspection checklist or final/in-process inspection report by the CONTRACTOR’s QA/QC engineer/inspector on every inspection request submitted to the COMPANY. CONTRACTOR’s QA/QC engineer/inspector shall ensure that the items for inspection covered by the CONTRACTOR’s “Inspection Request” are ready and in accordance with the CONTRACT requirements prior to inspection by COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE. Inspection and witnessing of testing at site by COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE shall be within the regular working hours of the COMPANY. CONTRACTOR’s schedule for inspection and witnessing of testing at site by COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE outside of the regular COMPANY working hours shall have prior approval from the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE.

: M. AL-SAFFAR

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED

Inspection by COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

26 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT.

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

CHK’

J.

COMPANY’s Quality Assessment (Audit) Right

DESCRIPTION

1.

COMPANY reserves the right to conduct scheduled and/or unscheduled quality assessment of CONTRACTOR’s Quality System, PROJECT Operation, and PROJECT Quality Plan implementation. The results of such assessments (audits) shall be confidential between the CONTRACTOR and the COMPANY.

1

2

3

NO.

CONTRACTOR shall provide all access and assistance in a timely manner to COMPANY personnel who will perform the quality assessment (audit). The CONTRACTOR shall implement corrective actions on all deficient areas discovered during the quality assessment (audit) within a mutually agreeable time frame. All costs (except cost of wages, transportation and lodging of COMPANY Quality Assessors) incurred during the quality assessment (audit) shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR.

REVISIONS DRAWN BY

THM

DATE CHK’D BY

2.

APPROVED

“COMPANY reserves the right to perform plant survey, quality assessment (audit), and quality surveillance activities and to inspect material at the suppliers/ manufacturer’s facility to verify compliance with the terms and conditions of the purchase order and its related documents. COMPANY reserves the right to witness any and all tests specified and to perform such visual examination (inspection) at the suppliers/manufacturer’s facility. COMPANY reserves the right to require certificates and data from the supplier/manufacturer on any pertinent aspect of the manufacturing process, including but not limited to, mill test reports, heat treatment certificates, welders and welding procedure qualification records, non-destructive examination records, test records and quality control manual that will form part of the non-material requirement that shall be shipped to COMPANY as a document package”.

BA

CERTIFIED

K.

BY

CONTRACTOR shall include the following conditions on purchase order placed with the manufacturers/suppliers:

Quality Control on CONTRACTOR’S Workmanship Workmanship of the CONTRACTOR personnel in various tasks during the project shall be thoroughly monitored by the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVES. Task skill and pattern of handling shall be the key points of this check. In case of poor performance is observed, COMPANY will stop the work immediately and take corrective measures in order to maintain the PROJECT’S quality.

: M. AL-SAFFAR ________ ______

DATE :____________________

L.

Additional Requirements The final COMPANY approved protection and control drawings with latest revision numbers shall be the only drawings used by the independent inspection agency for testing and acceptance of protection and control equipment. The acceptance criteria shall include individual device testing and complete functional and point to point wiring check of the panels in conjunction with the composite AC and DC schematics and the rear view panel wiring diagrams. Each check shall refer to

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

27 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT.

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

CHK’

specific drawing and revision number. This shall be implemented immediately after base design meeting. 2.08 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS

1.

Detailed manufacturer's instruction manuals applicable to each equipment installed. These manuals shall contain all information (including any special design and/or construction or operation feature), which may be required by the COMPANY for safe operation and maintenance of the new facilities and shall describe fully erection, commissioning, operation and maintenance procedures including mechanical/ electrical tolerances for maintenance/repair purposes.

2.

Manufacturer's instruction manuals applicable to each particular test apparatus.

3.

Complete sets of exploded view drawings with comprehensive parts identification for each device to enable the COMPANY to catalog and order.

4.

Interconnection and Schematic Diagrams.

5.

Setting and Calibration Procedures and Instructions.

1

2

3

NO.

DESCRIPTION

A. The CONTRACTOR shall submit to the COMPANY complete original sets of Maintenance/Operations Manuals, consisting of, as a minimum, the following documents:

REVISIONS DRAWN BY

THM

DATE CHK’D BY

APPROVED

BA

B. The submission schedule for operation and maintenance manuals as detailed in (A) above shall be as given below: 1.

Six (6) sets for preliminary review by COMPANY as to adequacy, completeness and legibility, etc. at least eight (8) weeks before starting the commissioning tests.

2.

Four (4) complete sets of fully revised manuals incorporating the COMPANY’S comments to the full satisfaction of the COMPANY on technical completion.

3.

One soft copy of all the above documents complied in CD.

CERTIFIED

BY

: M. AL-SAFFAR ________ ______

DATE :____________________

C. The operation and maintenance manuals shall contain all information, which may be required by the COMPANY for safe operation and maintenance of the new facilities. Any special design and/or construction/operating features, basic operating procedures and philosophy shall also be included. 2.09 TECHNICAL DATA MANUALS A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide technical data manuals for the underground cable system installed under the scope of this PROJECT. B. The manuals binders shall have COMPANY logo, binder number and PROJECT title, and CONTRACT Number on the front cover.

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

28 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT.

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

CHK’

2.10 TEST RECORD BOOK

REVISIONS DRAWN BY

1.

Factory test report of each particular equipment installed.

2.

Field test report, which shall include the following: a.

Description of Equipment Tested and Manufacturer's Nameplate Data

b.

Description of Test

c.

List of Apparatus with Calibration Data

d.

Test Results

e.

Conclusions and Recommendations

f.

Appendix, including test forms

1

2

3

NO.

DESCRIPTION

A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide a "Test Record Book", which shall include the following:

THM

DATE CHK’D BY

APPROVED

B. Each test form where applicable shall include a column quoting the acceptable maximum and minimum limits of the test in terms of voltage, current, frequency, time, etc. and include “As Found” and “As Left” values. BA

C. Four (4) copies of the "Test Record Book" are to be submitted within thirty (30) days after completion of the PROJECT. 2.11

CERTIFIED

BY

PLANT TAGGING OF EQUIPMENT AND INDEPENDENT COMPONENTS

A. The CONTRACTOR shall affix Plant Tag to each and every individual equipment including independent components to be installed under this CONTRACT, which have a material value of Five Thousand Saudi Riyals (SR 5,000), or more. The CONTRACTOR shall install Plant Tags adjacent to the Manufacturer's Data Plate or at any other place approved by the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE. The CONTRACTOR shall affix Plant Tags by bolts and nuts, or rivets or welds, or adhesives, as instructed in writing by the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE, depending on the type of equipment to be tagged. The CONTRACTOR shall complete Plant Tagging before technical Completion.

: M. AL-SAFFAR ________ ______

DATE :____________________

B. The CONTRACTOR shall submit to COMPANY a list of all equipment and independent components to be tagged, using the format of COMPANY Form No. 16511 (2/10) Exhibit I to the Job Specifications. Based on this list, COMPANY shall assign Plant Tag Number to each item and CONTRACTOR shall install the Plant Tags in accordance with this list. COMPANY will, within one (1) month from the date of receipt of the list, issue to CONTRACTOR the Plant Tags together with the list showing assigned Plant Tag Numbers. C. The CONTRACTOR shall, if required, assist the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE in locating all equipment identified by Plant Tag Numbers in accordance with the list provided by the CONTRACTOR.

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

29 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT.

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

CHK’

D. The CONTRACTOR shall supply, before technical Completion, detailed lists of plant tagging to COMPANY’S REPRESENTATIVE for use and reference.

DESCRIPTION

2.12 CONTRACTOR/COMPANY’s CONSTRUCTION SITE OFFICE AND FACILITY A. The CONTRACTOR shall install a temporary site office prior to mobilization of any construction activity pertaining to the PROJECT. Proposal with layout sketch of the site office shall be submitted to COMPANY for approval. If located outside the COMPANY compound, written permission of the owner of the land/premises shall be obtained and copy furnished to the COMPANY for records. The CONTRACTOR shall supply and maintain a temporary site office accommodation for COMPANY use including a conference room, prayer room and sanitary facilities, such as toilet and wash room. This site office shall be of very good condition. It shall be provided with air conditioning capable of maintaining 25°C room temperature. Necessary cleaning/janitorial services and drinking water facilities shall be provided.

1

2

3

NO.

B. REVISIONS DRAWN BY

THM

DATE CHK’D BY

Telephone, furniture, fire protection equipment, office equipment and supplies including, but not limited to the following, should be available at Site Office:

APPROVED

1.

BA

CERTIFIED

2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14.

Latest IBM compatible PC with Printers (2 numbers each), MS Office and MS PROJECT installed. Copying Machine - 1 Fax Machine - 1 Four (4) Drawer Filing Cabinets - 4 Desks - 4 Reference Tables - 2 Swivel Chairs - 4 Conference Table for eight (8) with chairs Drawing File Racks - 2 Guest Chairs - 4 Presentation Blackboard - 1 Log Books and Office Stationery Portable Fire Extinguishers, Type ABC, 30 lbs. - 2 First-aid Cabinet - 1

C. Electricity Connection/Electrical Wiring BY

: M. AL-SAFFAR ________ ______

The CONTRACTOR shall provide his own generators to meet construction, testing and commissioning power requirements. However, if power supply point is available near the PROJECT site, then a temporary metered electricity connection on chargeable basis will be provided by the COMPANY to the site office by Operating Area at the request of the CONTRACTOR.

DATE :____________________

The temporary electrical wiring and installation for the site office is to be performed in accordance with the requirements of the latest revision of the National Electrical Code (NEC) or the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

30 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT.

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

CHK’

D. Telephone Connection

DESCRIPTION

The CONTRACTOR shall avail a temporary telecommunication facility at the site office. The COMPANY may, at its discretion, allow the CONTRACTOR to have temporary extension of telephone connection, if possible, from the existing telecommunication facility on remittance of telephone rental charges as per COMPANY regulations. Telephone sets and associated cabling shall be installed by the CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR will be allowed to use the telephone only for making local calls.

For site office requirement and construction purpose, the CONTRACTOR shall arrange adequate water supply from Municipality. If no Municipal water supply extension is available, a water tank of adequate capacity shall be installed for site requirement during construction stage.

REVISIONS DRAWN BY

Water Supply Connection

1

2

3

NO.

E.

THM

DATE CHK’D BY

F. APPROVED

A temporary drainage connection from existing system shall be provided to the site office. Alternate arrangement as per standards shall be provided if drainage facility does not exist. G.

BA

CERTIFIED

Drainage Connection

Quality of Temporary WORK Temporary WORK shall conform to applicable COMPANY Standards and/or the requirement of concerned outside agencies and shall be removed from the premises upon completion of the WORK, unless specifically mentioned otherwise.

H. Housekeeping and Cleanliness The CONTRACTOR shall bestow special attention in housekeeping and cleanliness. All rubbish and waste shall be removed at regular intervals from the site on daily basis. During construction, all nearby equipments shall be secured by the CONTRACTOR to prevent the intrusion of the dust into these equipments. I.

BY

: M. AL-SAFFAR

Demobilization After obtaining the demobilization approval from the COMPANY, the CONTRACTOR shall arrange to remove all temporary facilities and submit clearance certificates from the concerned authorities on completion of the PROJECT or fifteen (15) days after removal of the temporary facilities whichever is later.

________ ______

DATE :____________________

2.13 LOSS PREVENTION REQUIREMENTS The CONTRACTOR and/or CONTRACTOR’s SUBCONTRACTOR(s) shall strictly comply with the following Loss Prevention requirements, in addition to the stipulations in Schedule A - General Terms and Conditions of CONTRACT:

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

31 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT. APP’ DRAWN BY

1.

Strict adherence to all applicable provisions of the COMPANY Accident Prevention Manual and Construction Safety Manual (ISD Special Manual No. 6.483).

2.

Compliance with the provisions of the COMPANY General Instructions on WORK Permit and Clearance Procedure (G.I. “65.111”). The CONTRACTOR shall have an authorized employee with certificate to receive WORK Permit. If the CONTRACTOR has no authorized employee, or has an employee with expired certificate, he shall be responsible to coordinate with the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE for scheduling of WORK Permit training course. All activities of the CONTRACTOR near or inside the substation shall be allowed only after securing WORK Permit.

3.

The CONTRACTOR shall submit his Loss Prevention Program to the COMPANY sufficiently in advance to obtain COMPANY approval prior to commencement of WORK at site. The Loss Prevention Programs shall contain the following:

1

2

3

NO.

DESCRIPTION

CHK’

A. General Requirements

REVISIONS THM

DATE CHK’D BY

a.

APPROVED

Cover Page complete with references, as follows: -

BA

CERTIFIED

BY

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

CONTRACTOR’s Name Title of Submittal PROJECT Title and Location CONTRACT Number COMPANY’s Name Date of revision

b.

Table of Contents

c.

CONTRACTOR’s COMPANY Safety Policy Statement complete with signature over printed name and title of CONTRACTOR’s Management REPRESENTATIVE.

d.

Specific program items (suitable for the SOW) that the CONTRACTOR proposes to implement during the CONTRACT execution.

e.

Attachments necessary to supplement the program.

: M. AL-SAFFAR ________ ______

-

PROJECT Table of Organization Construction Schedule Equipment Schedule Manpower Schedule CONTRACTOR’s standard forms for safety related reports. Temporary Facilities Layout Plan showing the distribution, type and capacity of portable fire extinguishers - Temporary Facilities Location Plan - Copy of valid certificate of first aid

DATE :____________________

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

32 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT. APP’

The CONTRACTOR shall provide necessary personal protective clothing (i.e. head, eye, face, hand, and foot protection) and respiratory protective equipment including personal protective equipment for fall protection such as safety belts and lifelines, and implement wearing them.

5.

The CONTRACTOR shall provide and use adequate and suitable safety/warning signs, cordon tapes, portable barricades, warning lights and personnel protective equipment at the JOB SITE to protect the safety of COMPANY and CONTRACTOR personnel and the public, and to prevent damage to property.

6.

The CONTRACTOR shall provide first aid facilities and must have a certified employee to administer first aid and Cardio-Pulmonary Resuscitation (CPR).

7.

The CONTRACTOR shall refrain from using mechanized excavation equipment within restricted areas unless cleared and permitted to do so.

8.

The CONTRACTOR shall request in advance a clearance for de-energizing the interfacing points and observe grounding procedures. The CONTRACTOR shall obtain from the COMPANY, ID cards for his employees and stickers for his vehicles/equipment prior to mobilization to site.

CHK’

4.

1

3

2

DESCRIPTION NO.

REVISIONS DRAWN BY

THM

DATE CHK’D BY

9. APPROVED

10.

In order to prevent theft/loss of materials/equipment, the CONTRACTOR shall take the necessary measures and precautions including but not limited to the following: a.

BA

b. CERTIFIED

c.

BY

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

All materials provided or used in this CONTRACT shall be stored by the CONTRACTOR in safe and secured locations even if stored for short period of time. If the equipment/materials are to be stored in the substation area for a prolonged period, the CONTRACTOR shall ensure that they are kept in locked containers or any other appropriate method of storage such that the materials/equipment are not easily noticeable by people with intention of theft or pilferage. Moreover, such containers shall be placed at a distance from the fence/boundary wall. The CONTRACTOR shall also consider other factors (i.e. temperature, humidity) affecting the storage of the materials/equipment being stored in containers, to avoid any damage during such storage period.

: M. AL-SAFFAR ________ ______

B. PROJECT Involving Elevated WORKS

DATE :____________________

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

1.

The CONTRACTOR shall submit his heavy equipment (i.e. cranes and bucket trucks) to the COMPANY for safety inspection and certification and correspondingly stick with green safety sticker.

2.

The CONTRACTOR’s ladders shall conform to OSHA (Occupational Safety and Health Administration) standard. Safety practices shall be followed in positioning ladders. Scaffolds shall be designed, built and inspected by a competent engineer prior to its use.

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

33 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT.

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

DESCRIPTION

CHK’

C. PROJECT Involving Welding and Cutting Operations 1.

The CONTRACTOR shall provide suitable fire extinguishers to be used in case of fire emergencies.

2.

The CONTRACTOR shall provide the welding gas cylinders with suitable rack that is equipped with security chain(s).

D. PROJECT near Energized Lines or Equipment

1

2

3

NO.

Observe working clearances when working near or about energized line or equipment as per COMPANY’s Accident Prevention Manual. E. PROJECT Requiring the Use of Chemical(s)

REVISIONS DRAWN BY

Submit material safety data sheets (MSDS) of chemicals required or which are to be used in the execution of the PROJECT.

THM

DATE CHK’D BY

2.14 OPERATIONAL SPARE PARTS The successful bidder/CONTRACTOR shall submit itemized prices and complete technical data/ brochures for the spare parts included in the list per Appendix-V.

APPROVED

These shall be in accordance with the requirements as listed in the pricing attachment 'VI' to SCHEDULE "C" of this contract. BA

2.15

SHUTDOWN/ OUTAGE COORDINATION Planned outages of existing equipment, which are required for CONTRACTOR’s installation of new equipment or movement/relocation of existing equipment, shall be minimized by CONTRACTOR during his PROJECT execution.

CERTIFIED

Where outages of existing equipment cannot be avoided, CONTRACTOR shall coordinate all details of planned outages through the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE with initial coordination occurring during the base design stage of the PROJECT.

BY

As part of the CONTRACTOR’s coordination activity (for the planned outage), CONTRACTOR shall provide reasons, plans and detailed schedule for the planned outages that will be subjected to COMPANY’s review and approval.

: M. AL-SAFFAR ________ ______

COMPANY’s approval of planned outages shall be based solely on COMPANY’s operational considerations.

DATE :____________________

CONTRACTOR shall note that, as a minimum requirement, COMPANY will consider approval of CONTRACTOR’s proposed planned outages during low load periods (beginning of November to start of April), and when CONTRACTOR shall provide enough manpower at the outage site(s) to minimize the planned outage time.

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

34 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT.

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

DESCRIPTION

CHK’

No unplanned outages/disruptions of COMPANY’s equipment or systems shall be allowed to support the CONTRACTOR’s installation of any new equipment, or CONTRACTOR’s movement/relocation of existing equipment at any site.

1

2

3

NO.

**** END OF SECTION II **** REVISIONS DRAWN BY

THM

DATE CHK’D BY

APPROVED

BA

CERTIFIED

BY

: M. AL-SAFFAR ________ ______

DATE :____________________

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

35 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT.

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

CHK’

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

SECTION III - SCOPE OF WORK 3.01 GENERAL

DESCRIPTION

A. This PROJECT shall be carried out on Lump Sum Turnkey basis. The CONTRACTOR shall design, manufacture/procure, supply and deliver all equipment and materials, construction, commissioning, SITE testing and provide other related services for the completion of this PROJECT in accordance with the requirements of this Scope of WORK and Technical Specifications.

1

2

3

NO.

B. The WORK shall include, but not limited to, the following: 1.

All design and engineering services.

2.

Procurement and filling of all the Cable Pipes with Bentonite.

3.

Extra length of cable shall be provided in shape of snacking, at both ends of straight through joints and cable termination ends for future re-jointing.

4.

Inspection, testing & commissioning of all constructed and installed equipment, and their allied facilities.

5.

The whole specified cable route shall be thoroughly investigated and surveyed. Any utilities/cables found along the route, which provide hindrance to the construction of cable tunnels/ducts, shall be reflected in the design drawings & relocated (if required). If such relocation is not possible then an alternate route shall be proposed & submitted to SEC for approval.

7.

Contractor shall submit to SEC final feasible drawings for 380kV cable tunnel route & Fiber optic/control cables ducts route for approval.

REVISIONS DRAWN BY

THM

DATE CHK’D BY

APPROVED

BA

CERTIFIED

C. The CONTRACTOR shall handover all dismantled materials/equipment if any to COMPANY designated warehouse. D. Contractor shall coordinate with SEC/Other Contractors (if any) for relocation of the existing facilities/cables as required. BY

: M. AL-SAFFAR ________ ______

DATE :____________________

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

36 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT.

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

CHK’

3.02 ELECTRICAL WORK

DESCRIPTION

380kV CABLES FROM GT Generation Transformers of Steam Turbines) AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO 380kV GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION The WORK shall include, but not limited to, the following:

1

2

3

NO.

A.

REVISIONS DRAWN BY

THM

Complete design, supply and installation of Three (3) 380kV, U/G Cable circuits consisting of one run of 1/C-1000mm2, Copper conductor, Super clean-XLPE Cable per phase, complete with all required cable terminations, splice kits and all other accessories between GT AT Qassim Power Plant to GIS at Qassim-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION, as per 380kV cable route plan drawing # CT-906045 Approximate route length of each circuit are as below 1. Steam Turbine #1 To S/S 9032 : 600M 2. Steam Turbine #02 To S/S 9032: 330M 3. Steam Turbine #03 To S/S 9032: 1000M

DATE CHK’D BY

APPROVED

BA

CERTIFIED

B.

Complete design, supply and installation Fiber Optic, Multicore/ LV / Control Cables, As per respective Appendices, along with the Cable Circuits, complete with all required accessories between GT at Qassim Power Plant (Transmission room) and GIS at Qassim-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

C.

Eighteen (18) nos. 380kV Cable Sealing Ends, Nine (9) nos.SF6/XLPE at new Qassim-4 (9032) and Nine (9) nos. Oil Immersed type at GT of Qassim power Plant, complete with cable termination kits, SF6/XLPE, XLPE/Oil interfaces and all other accessories.

D.

Lot: Suitable Link Boxes in underground pits and Sheath Voltage limiters as per Design calculations. Note: The 380kV Cable Sheaths shall be fully cross bonded. The 380kV cables shall be checked for bonding configuration adequacy and sheath voltage limiter, which shall be provided. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish calculations for COMPANY review/approval.

BY

E.

: M. AL-SAFFAR ________ ______

Lot: Grounding interconnections including supply of all grounding materials and provide grounding as per TES-P-104.08, Rev.01.

DATE :____________________

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

F.

Six (6) channel Distributed Temperature Sensing System complete with Digital Controller based Control Panel, Sensors, Fiber optic cable (4 fiber) per phase monitoring, Heat Tracing cables and all other accessories for a complete system. DTS shall have self checking facility for the system. Spare contacts shall be provided for LD i.e. supplies system fiber failure. One printer shall be provided along with DTS system. The DTS system shall be integrated with SAS.

G.

Testing & commissioning of DTS System including Optic fiber DTS cable and documentation of the results.

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

37 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT.

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

H.

Testing and commissioning of proposed underground power cables end-toend between GT at Qassim Power Plant & GIS at Qassim-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION and documentation of the results. All required WORK, materials, tools and accessories to perform this testing and commissioning shall be provided and performed by the CONTRACTOR.

I.

Gassing and degassing of related 380kV GIS cable compartments at Qassim4 (9032) SUBSTATION and documentation for the above mentioned work. Gassing & degassing work including Electrical Tests is the CONTRACTOR’S responsibility but it should be carried out by the GIS manufacturer or as approved by SEC.

J. Testing & commissioning of Optic fiber cables for protection and documentation of the results, as per APPENDIX-VII.

1

2

3

NO.

DESCRIPTION

CHK’

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

REVISIONS DRAWN BY

THM

3.03 CIVIL WORK

DATE

For Civil and Structural works, refer to Appendix-VIII.

CHK’D BY

APPROVED

3.04. INDUSTRIAL SECURITY AND FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS A.

1. Provide and install complete fire detection/alarm systems as per SEC specification TES-B-106-01 Rev.0 at cable tunnels that shall include the following major equipment/devices:

BA

a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h.

CERTIFIED

BY

Fire Detection / Alarm System

Fire Protective Signaling Panel (FPSP) located at Control Room Mimic panel located at Control Building Annunciation Panel at Guard House (if Applicable) Automatic Fire Detectors Manual Alarm Stations Audible and Visual Alarm Devices Data Printer to be located at Control Building Fire Fighting Equipment.

2. Annunciation/ alarm & clean agent gas discharge shall be transmitted to SAS & LDC. Detailed proposal shall be submitted for SEC review and Approval.

: M. AL-SAFFAR ________ ______

DATE :____________________

B.

Fire Protection System 1. All Cable Tunnels shall be provided with complete Fixed Installation Total Flooding Clean Agent Fire Extinguishing System to comply with the requirements of TES-B-106.05 or TES-B-106.06. It shall also comply with NFPA 2001 (2012 Edition). 2. Power cable shall be made flame retardant inside the substation which may be achieved by painting. The supply of

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

38 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT. APP’

1

2

3

NO.

DESCRIPTION

CHK’

paint shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR/ Manufacturer. 3. The fire protection system shall be integrated with SAS. 4. Refer to TES-B-106.05 or TES-B-106.06 for specification for Fixed Installation Total Flooding Clean Agent Fire Extinguishing System. 5. All fire fighting equipment to be provided shall be UL listed and/or Factory Mutual (FM) approved. Fire fighting system to be provided shall fully comply with all requirements of relevant NFPA codes and standards. 6. Each area protected with clean agent system shall have independent conventional control panel complete with conventional detectors. The control panel shall have provision for automatic and manual mode to be located in close proximity to the area being protected. 7. Each door leading to the protected areas (exit or entrance) shall have clean agent system indicators located outside of the protected area next to the door. 8. Visual & audible alarm shall be provided inside and outside the protected areas. 9. Cable penetration fire stops shall be provided in accordance with the requirements outlined in TES-P-119.21. 10. The minimum clean agent design concentration to be used in design shall be based on NFPA 2001, 2012 Edition. No elevation correction shall be applied. 11. The cable tunnels shall be provided with partition & door at every 60 meters interval. 12. Maximum capacity of clean agent cylinder shall not exceed 750 pounds. 13. Clean agent cylinders located inside the protected area shall be provided with manual-mechanical / manual-pneumatic actuator beside the door of the entrance to the protected spaces. 14. Cylinders for cable tunnels shall be located in an unobstruced and accessible area when installed inside the cable tunnel, otherwise an independent and air-conditioned cylinder room shall be provided above the tunnel. 15. Fire Extinguishers shall be provided and installed in accordance with the requirements of 90-TMSS-03 and TESP-119.21.

REVISIONS DRAWN BY

THM

DATE CHK’D BY

APPROVED

BA

CERTIFIED

BY

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

: M. AL-SAFFAR ________ ______

DATE :____________________

3.05

MECHANICAL WORKS The WORK shall include supply of equipment, materials, labor and tools for the installation of new systems. The WORK shall also include equipment start-up, testing and commissioning for the new systems and to execute other related services for the safe, efficient and reliable performance and complete installation of this PROJECT to the satisfaction of the COMPANY in conformance with the requirements as prescribed below.

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

39 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT.

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

CHK’

Cable Tunnels

DESCRIPTION

1. 2. 3. 4.

REVISIONS THM

DATE CHK’D BY

DOCUMENT TYPE

INDEX

DRAWN BY

PROJECT DESIGN DOCUMENTS, CALCULATIONS AND DRAWINGS A. The CONTRACTOR shall submit all design documents, calculations, studies and drawings at various stages of the PROJECT as per Table 3.01, as a minimum. Table 3.01

1

2

3

NO.

3.06

P P

APPROVED

P P P P

BA

EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS

P

CERTIFIED

BY

Ventilation system shall be provided for the cable tunnels. Testing, Adjusting and Balancing of Ventilation System. Drainage System. Smoke purging/ventilating fans shall be provided in accordance with the requirements for cable basement in TES-P-119.19.

: M. AL-SAFFAR

T T T

________ ______

REPO RTS, PRO CEDU RES, PROP

DATE :____________________

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

A A A

BID STAGE

DOCUMENT DESCRIPTION XLPE Power Cables XLPE Cable Terminations and Splice Kits Grounding Cables and Grounding Rods Bonding Leads & Sheath Sectionalizing Insulators Sheath Voltage Limiter (SVL) Link Box along with its accessories Power Cable Clamps Fire Alarm System Equipment U/G Non Metallic Fiber Optic Cable (U/G NFOC) NMFOC Accessories Optical Fiber Joint Boxes Link Box Foundation Cable Supports Cable Warning Tapes Cable Protective Tiles Steel Wire Mesh Cable warning post Duct Sealing Units PVC Conduits and Fittings HDPE/Corrugated Sub ducts HVAC Equipment Fire Protection Equipment Plumbing Equipment Concrete Asphalt Concrete Pavement Reinforcing Steel Backfill Materials Water Leakage Sealant for Cable Ducts & Fire Proofing Material to Protect the Cables in Cable Basement Description of the Project Scope of Work Design Basis and Data

BASE DESIGN STAGE

DETAIL & AS-BUILT CONSTRUCTI STAGE ON STAGE

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X X

X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

X X X X X X X X X X X

X X X X X X X X X X X

X X X X X

X X X X X

X

X

X

X X X

X X X

X X X

X X X

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

40 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT. APP’ CHK’

A A A

DESCRIPTION

A P P

P

1

2

3

NO.

P

REVISIONS DRAWN BY

P

THM

DATE CHK’D BY

P APPROVED

P P

BA

CONTROL SHEET

X X

A/P A/P

: M. AL-SAFFAR ________ ______

DATE :____________________

DESIGN DRAWINGS

CERTIFIED

BY

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

A A P P P P P P P

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

Maintenance Aspects Major Materials Purchase Requisitions (Preliminary) Soil Thermal Resistivity Measurements Report along cables route Type Test Reports for Major Equipment/Materials Detailed Cable Ampacity Calculations Electrical Interference Study in case the power cable parallel to communication circuits Calculations of Power Cables Sequence Impedances Calculations for Cable Metallic Sheath Sizing and Fault current withstand capability Calculations for Sheath Induced Voltage under normal & fault conditions and the Selection of Sheath Voltage Limiters (SVL) Detailed explanation for adopting the major/minor sections arrangement for cross bonding scheme Cable pulling tension and sidewall pressure calculations Structural Design calculations for duct banks on road crossings Drawing Control Sheet Revision of Existing Drawing Control Sheets Plot Plan - Power cables Routing Plan Plan & profile details - Showing the cables circuits with necessary sections, Elevations and Details, utilities, spacing (splicing) points, location of link Boxes for cable sheath grounding and communication Hand holes. List of Materials SITE Layout Abbreviations, Symbols and Legend Underground power cables System One Line Diagram Relaying and Metering - System One Line Diagram Cable Arrangement and Details in Cable Metallic Sheath Grounding (Bonding) Arrangement and Details Link Box Locations Plan, Section and Details Revised Existing COMPANY Drawings to reflect the newly completed PROJECT

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X X X

X X X

X X X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

41 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT. APP’ CHK’

P

P

DESCRIPTION

P/T T T T 1

2

3

NO.

T

THM

T T T

APPROVED

T T T M

REVISIONS DRAWN BY DATE CHK’D BY

Q/R Q/R Q/R Q/R Q/R A

BA

CERTIFIED

TEST PLAN, SCHEDULE, PROCEDURES ETC.

A

BY

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

: M. AL-SAFFAR ________ ______

A A A A A A A A A

Power Cables Termination Arrangement, Termination Plan, Sections/Details and Splicing Details Interface diagrams of Power cables at . Underground power and Fiber Optic Cables Routing Plan and profile, Sections and Details Fiber Optic Cable Interconnection Diagram Key Plan - Fiber Optic Cable Fiber Optic Cable Route/Layout Inside Fiber Optic Cable Pulling Plan and Calculations Details Mandrel Test Plan Details Communication Hand hole Plan Communication Hand hole fold outs and details Overall FOC cable layout U/G NMFOC Route plan Fiber Optic Cable Splicing details Power Cables Support and Calculation of Cable Clamp Spacing Duct bank Details Steel Bending Details Link Box Foundation Details Hand hole Details Details of Trenches & Duct banks PROJECT PERT/CPM Schedule for Monitoring and Control Activities CONTRACTOR’S Loss Prevention Program Site Security Plan QA/QC Plan Inspection, Test Plan and Factory Test Procedure for Materials Site Pre-commissioning & Commissioning Plan Site Work Test Procedure Job Safety Plan - CONTRACTOR’S Loss Prevention Program SITE Security Plan Preliminary Outage Schedule and Plan Final Outage Schedule and Plan

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X X

X X

X X

X

X

X

X X X

X X X

X X X

X

X

X

X X X X X

X X X X X

X X X X X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X X

X X

X X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

DATE :____________________

X - Indicates requirement for submission. The requirements indicated under column “Detail & Construction Stage” shall be submitted as indicated against each item. The time schedule for the submittal of each

group shall be finalized during base design. Partial submittal of calculations/drawings in any group will not be accepted. THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

42 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT.

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

CHK’

Notes to the Above Table: 1.

Bid Stage a.

The following shall be provided for each indicated item in the table:

DESCRIPTION

-

-

1

2

3

NO.

-

REVISIONS DRAWN BY

b.

THM

Data Schedules completely filled-up, signed, dated and stamped by both the Manufacturer and Contractor Equipment catalogues makes, type and technical parameters duly highlighted Certified Type (Design) Test report of all major equipment Clause by clause compliance statement of the COMPANY’S Material Standards Specification duly signed, dated stamped and dated by both the Manufacturer and Contractor List of past supplies Vendor drawings

The following shall also be provided:

DATE CHK’D BY

APPROVED

2.

-

Compliance statement for the scope of WORK duly signed, dated and stamped by Contractor

-

List of deviations, if any duly signed, dated and stamped by both the Manufacturer and Contractor

Base Design Stage Final approval of major equipment (indicated under bid stage, Table 3.01), after all deviations have been resolved, shall be obtained. The following shall be provided for each indicated item in the table:

BA

a. b. c. d.

CERTIFIED

e. f. g. BY

: M. AL-SAFFAR ________ ______

DATE :____________________

Design calculations Original manufacturer’s drawings and literatures Design drawings Final data schedules duly signed, stamped and dated by both equipment/ manufacturers and CONTRACTOR Final clause-by-clause compliance statement duly signed, stamped and dated by both equipment/material manufacturers and CONTRACTOR Vendor drawings Computer Software used for Current Rating & Sheath Induced Voltage Calculations shall be provided along with two (2) Dongle Keys to EHV-E & DD at the time of submission of Current Rating & Sheath Induced Voltage Calculations and training two (2) EHV-E & DD Engineers for the supplied Software

3. Final Design and Construction Drawings Stage a.

Final Design Drawings

-

Final design drawings shall be provided for each indicated item in the table. Final design calculation for the PROJECT and additional calculations, if required.

-

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

43 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT.

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

CHK’

b.

DESCRIPTION

-

REVISIONS DRAWN BY

Construction Drawings Final construction drawings shall be provided for each indicated item in the table. Revised final construction drawings shall be provided, if required.

As-Built Stage a.

As-built drawings shall be provided for each indicated item in the table.

b.

The As-built drawings for Power and Fiber Optic Cable Routes shall include Cable and Joints locations using Global Positioning System (GPS) on following scales:

1

2

3

NO.

4.

Final approval of design drawings, after incorporating all comments of COMPANY, shall be obtained. Vendor drawings

THM

DATE

ƒ Key Plan: 1:10000/1:20000 depending on the Route-Length or as directed by the SEC.

CHK’D BY

APPROVED

ƒ Detailed Drawings: 1:300/1:1000 depending on the Route-Length or as directed by the SEC. Along with the final detail design package, CONTRACTOR shall submit the following in Abode Portable Document Format (PDF) files. Packages shall be put such that each discipline documents are arranged in a separate folder. CONTRACTOR shall furnish the same in a CD.

BA

a. b. c. d.

CERTIFIED

Design Drawings Design Calculations Material Data Schedules Equipment Catalogue

The revision numbers and revision notes shall be retained in the submitted final detail design drawings. Both of input and output files for design calculations carried out by computer programs shall be furnished. All PDF files shall have no open or change security password. BY

: M. AL-SAFFAR ________ ______

3.07

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS The CONTRACTOR shall also carry out the following WORK:

DATE :____________________

B.

The CONTRACTOR shall satisfy all the conditions listed in the approvals for the PERMIT/APPROVAL from all concerned authority (if required) of utilities in the proposed routes and coordinate all WORK activities with the respective agencies. CONTRACTOR shall coordinate with all the above mentioned m agencies and correspondences regarding permit / approval. E. Reinstatement of existing facilities such as asphalt, curb stone, median, plant, Landscape, etc., shall be reinstated to the satisfaction of COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE and agencies/authorities involved.

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

44 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT.

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

CHK’

F. Excavation and, if necessary, Dewatering, shuttering of the Cable Trenches as Well as the preparation of the Cable Ducts and Supporting Structures for the Installation of the Cables. 3.08. PROJECT INTERFACE

DESCRIPTION

The following summarizes the interface jobs/activities between Contractors/Client at Qassim Power Plant and at Qassim-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION and 380kV Underground Cable Contractors. These Jobs/activities shall be coordinated through the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE.

1

2

3

NO.

AT Qassim power plant & Qassim-4 Substation (9032)

REVISIONS DRAWN BY

Sr. #

THM

ACTIVITY [Include design, supply of material, erection, testing & commissioning]

DATE CHK’D BY

1 APPROVED

2 BA

CERTIFIED

3

BY

4

: M. AL-SAFFAR ________ ______

DATE :____________________

5

6

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

Power Plant Contra ctor

Cable Contrac tor

C

X

C

C

X

C

C

X

C

C

X

C

C

X

C

Construction of respective Tunnels as per Approved cable Route drawing between Qassim power Plant & Qassim-4 380KV S/S (9032) for 380KV cables Construction of respective cable duct bank/HH /steel pipes, as per Contractor Approved Route Drawing between Qassim power Plant & Qassim-4 380KV S/S (9032) for laying optic fiber and Control/instrumentation/Multicore/ LV cables. Provision of all required cable supports/trays/ladders/clamps and Grounding Interconnection at GT, inside cable tunnels & GIS hall, for laying 380kV Power cables and DTS cables. Laying of 380kV power cables between GT at Qassim power Plant & 380kV GIS cable compartments at Qassim-4 S/S (9032), including link boxes & SVLs and complete DTS system. Termination, testing & commissioning of 380kV power cables including complete DTS system Gassing/degassing of 380kV GIS cable compartments at Qassim-4 (9032) S/S for termination of 380KV power cables

S/S Contrac tor

C

X

C

Remarks

Gassing/d egassing to be carried out by GIS

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

45 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT.

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

CHK’

manufact urer

DESCRIPTION

7

1

2

3

NO.

8

REVISIONS DRAWN BY

9

THM

10

DATE CHK’D BY

11

APPROVED

12 BA

13

CERTIFIED

Optic Fiber Cables between Qassim power Plant & Qassim-4 380KV S/S (9032) for 380KV cables ( between splitter boxes in telecom rooms at both ends), including all steel/PVC pipes, hardware etc. Splicing/termination of OFC at splitter boxes in telecom rooms of both ends, including pig-tail connections. End to End testing & commissioning of OFC & telecom equipment Labels of circuits at 380kV GIS & Cable Entries point. Labels of Opticle Fibre Cable at requied places. Collection of Subsatation Layout from S/S Contractor/ Client and submission of 380 KV, DTS and Optic Fibre Cables arrangement (Plan & Section) inside the Substation for Company review & approval. Misc. Items , whether mentioned or not, required for the successful completion, Testing and Operation of all works.

C

X

C

C

X

C

X

X

X

C

X

C

C

X

C

C

X

C

X C

X C

X C

3.09 STANDARDS, CODES AND SPECIFICATIONS

BY

All WORKS equipment and material covered by this document shall conform to the latest edition of the COMPANY’S Material Standard Specifications supplemented with latest applicable industry Standards, Codes and Specifications. The latest edition of each Standard and Specification shall mean the latest edition specified hereunder.

: M. AL-SAFFAR ________ ______

DATE :____________________

The CONTRACTOR shall strictly comply with the following Standards, Codes and Specifications, and no deviation shall be accepted unless otherwise accepted by a written waiver from COMPANY. The CONTRACTOR may propose "equivalent" Standards and Specifications if such standards and specifications are equal to or better than those specified herein, and shall be subject to prior approval of the COMPANY.

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

For additional standards relating to communications system installation and supply of communications materials, refer to Appendix VI. PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

46 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT.

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

CHK’

NOTE:

DESCRIPTION

All Materials/Equipments, to be used for this Project, shall be of National Grid SA prequalified Manufacturers and from approved make and Type only

REVISIONS DRAWN BY

COMPANY Materials Standard Specifications 01-TMSS-01 (Rev. 01)

General Requirements for All Equipment/Materials

10-TMSS-01 (Rev. 01)

Conductors Bare.

10-TMSS-05 (Rev. 01)

Bare, Copper-Clad Steel Grounding Conductor and Ground Rod

11-SDMS-03 (Rev. 01)

XLPE insulated Power cable for rated voltage from 15 to 36kV

11-TMSS-02 Rev-01

Power cable, XLPE insulated, copper conductor, single core 110kV, 115kV, 132kV, 230kV or 380kV

11-TMSS-10 (Rev. 01)

Power and/or Control Cable, Cu. or Al. Conductor, 600/1000V Rating

11-TMSS-11 (Rev. 0)

Instrumentation Cables, Shielded

12-SDMS-01 (Rev.01)

Cables joints, termination and accessaries up to 36kV

12-TMSS-10 (Rev.0)

Splice and Termination Kits for Power Cables, Rated 69kV, 110kV, 115kV, 132kV, 230kV and 380kV

1

2

3

NO.

A.

THM

DATE CHK’D BY

APPROVED

BA

CERTIFIED

BY

12-TMSS-11 (Rev. 0)

Link Boxes for Grounding of U/G Power Cables

23-TMSS-01 (Rev. 0)

PVC Conduits and Fittings for Underground cables

23-TMSS-02 (Rev. 0)

Duct Sealing Unit

23-TMSS-04 (Rev. 0)

Cable Clamps for Power Cables

24-TMSS-01 (Rev. 01)

Metallic Cable Tray Systems

31-TMSS-01 (Rev. 0)

Relay and Control Panels

: M. AL-SAFFAR ________ ______

DATE :____________________

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

47 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT.

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

1

2

3

NO.

DESCRIPTION

CHK’

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

REVISIONS DRAWN BY

THM

DATE

31-TMSS-02 (Rev. 0)

Auxiliary AC/DC Panels

31-TMSS-06 (Rev. 0)

Terminal Blocks

37-TMSS-03 (Rev. 0)

LV Circuit breakers

50-TMSS-01 (Rev. 0)

Current Transformers, 11kV through 380kV

50-TMSS-03 (Rev. 0)

Potential Transformers, 33kV through 380kV

70-TMSS-03 (Rev. 01)

Normal Weight Ready-Mixed Portland Cement Concrete

73-TMSS-05 (Rev.0)

Centrifugal exhaust Fans

75-TMSS-01 (Rev.0)

Plastic Piping for Plumbing system

78-TMSS-06 (Rev. 0)

Paints: Aluminium And Steel

83-TMSS-01 (Rev.0)

submersible sump pump

90-TMSS-01 (Rev. 0)

Fire Protective Signaling Panels

90-TMSS- 03 (Rev. 0)

Portable Fire Extinguishers

CHK’D BY

APPROVED

BA

CERTIFIED

B. BY

: M. AL-SAFFAR ________ ______

COMPANY Engineering Standards TES-B-106.01 (Rev. 0)

Fire Detection and Alarm Systems

TES-B-106.05 (Rev. 0)

HFC-227 ea Clean Agent Extinguishing System

TES-B-106.06 (Rev. 0)

FK 5-1-12 Fixed installation Total Flooding Clean-Agent Fire Extinguishing System

DATE :____________________

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

48 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT.

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

1

2

3

NO.

DESCRIPTION

CHK’

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

REVISIONS DRAWN BY

THM

DATE

TES-H-107.01 (Rev. 0)

Painting Standards

TES-H-107.02 (Rev. 0)

Paint Color Codes and Standards

TES-P-104.01 (Rev. 01)

General Engineering Requirements for U/G Cables

TES-P-104.02 (Rev. 01)

Cable Construction

TES-P-104.03 (Rev. 01)

Cable sizing and selection

TES-P-104.04 (Rev. 01)

Splice & Terminations

TES-P-104.05 (Rev. 01)

Cable Installations, Engineering Requirements

TES-P-104.08 (Rev. 1)

Bonding & Grounding of Insulated Metallic Sheath of Power Cable System

TES-P-119.01 (Rev. 0)

Introduction to Substation Design Standards

TES-P-119.02 (Rev. 0)

Basic Design Aspects

TES-P-119.08 (Rev. 0)

Clearances

TES-P-119.10 (Rev. 0)

Grounding

TES-P-119.12 (Rev. 0)

Application Criteria for Electrical Equipment

TES-P-119.19 (Rev. 01)

Substation building And Site Development

TES-P-119.20 (Rev. 0)

LV Cable Raceways and Cable installation practices

TES-P-119.21 (Rev.0)

Fire & Loss Prevention Requirements

TES-P-119.29 (Rev. 0)

LV Cable Selection and Sizing (600V & Below)

CHK’D BY

APPROVED

BA

CERTIFIED

BY

: M. AL-SAFFAR ________ ______

DATE :____________________

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

49 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT.

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

DESCRIPTION

CHK’

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

TES-P-119.30 (Rev. 0)

Auxiliary Power Systems (AC/DC)

TES-P-119.33 (Rev. 0)

Substation Electrical Diagrams

TES-P-119.34 (Rev. 0)

Application of System Grounding

HVAC Systems and Equipment Installation

TCS-P-104.01 (Rev.0)

General Requirements for Underground Power Cables System

TCS-P-104.02 (Rev.0)

Cable Reels Handling & Storage

TCS-P-104.03 (Rev.0)

Trenches and Ducts

TCS-P-104.06 (Rev.0) `

Cable Installation, Field Handling Procedures

TCS-P-104.08 (Rev.0)

Field Testing of Power Cables 110kV,115kV,132kV,230kV and 380kV

TCS-P-105.00 (Rev. 01)

Pre-Commissioning Tests/procedures for SEC transmission transmission installation

TCS-Q-113.01 (Rev. 0)

Asphalt Concrete Paving

TCS-Q-113.02 (Rev. 01)

Earthworks

TCS-Q-113.03 (Rev. 01)

Cast-In-Place Concrete

TCS-Q-113.04 (Rev. 0)

Precast Concrete works

TCS-P-122-02 (Rev. 0)

Material Handling

TCS-P-122.03 (Rev.0)

Structure Staking

TCS-P-122.05 (Rev. 0)

Installation of Steel Structure Foundations

REVISIONS DRAWN BY

COMPANY Construction Standards

TCS-K-100.01 (Rev.0)

1

2

3

NO.

C.

THM

DATE CHK’D BY

APPROVED

BA

CERTIFIED

BY

: M. AL-SAFFAR ________ ______

DATE :____________________

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

50 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT.

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

DESCRIPTION

CHK’

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

TCS-P-122.06 (Rev. 0)

Steel Structures Assembly and Erection

TCS-T-111.02 (Rev.0)

Conduit Sealing For Underground Communication Cable

1

2

3

NO.

D. COMPANY Standard Drawings

REVISIONS DRAWN BY

THM

DATE

SA-421111

Plumbing Miscellaneous Details

TD-800007 (Rev. 0)

Standard Sign Danger High Voltage Keep Away

TA-800063 (Rev. 0)

Highway Crossing for 69kV to 380kV Cables

TA-800106 (Rev. 0)

Fire Protection-Miscellaneous details

TA-800012 (Rev.0)

Pre-cast Concrete panel Boundary Wall (Plan,Elevation and Details)

TA-800062 Rev.0

Typical Duct Bank Sections Concrete Encased Duct Bank for 69 kV to 380kV

CHK’D BY

APPROVED

BA

CERTIFIED

BY

: M. AL-SAFFAR ________ ______

TA-800096 (Rev. 0)

Service Manholes type -1 (1.20mX1.5mX1.85m) Details and ReInforcement

TA-800097 (Rev. 0)

Service Manholes type -2 (1.50mX2.75mX2.00m) Details and ReInforcement

TA-800106 (Rev. 0)

Fire Protection Miscellaneous Details

TA-800133 (Rev. 0)

Removeable Crash barrier Location Plan and detail in substation

TB-800079 (Rev. 0)

PVC Conduit Installation Concrete Encased (Vital Communication)

SC-036128 (Rev. 0)

Anchor Bolt Details of Standard Anchor

TE-800110 (Rev. 0)

COMPANY Monogram for Equipment Mounting

TD-800008 (Rev. 0)

Standard Sign, Danger High Voltage, Bone & Skull

DATE :____________________

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

51 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT.

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

CHK’

3.10 SPECIFIC COMMUNICATION STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS

DESCRIPTION

For Communication Standard and Specification refer to Appendix-VI

1

2

3

NO.

*** END OF SECTION III ***

REVISIONS DRAWN BY

THM

DATE CHK’D BY

APPROVED

BA

CERTIFIED

BY

: M. AL-SAFFAR ________ ______

DATE :____________________

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

52 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT.

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

CHK’

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

SECTION IV - ENGINEERING DESIGN CRITERIA AND REQUIREMENTS

DESCRIPTION

The CONTRACTOR shall adopt the following design criteria and requirements for the PROJECT as a minimum: 4.01 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS All equipment devices furnished under this PROJECT shall be suitable for operation under the SITE conditions outlined in the COMPANY General Specification 01TMSS-01, Rev.01 “General Requirements for All Equipment/Materials.”

1

2

3

NO.

Soil Thermal Resistivity The soil thermal resistivity is largely dependent on density and water content of the relevant type of soil. Therefore, the actual thermal resistivity of the soil along the whole power cable route shall be measured prior to the design and all test results shall be included in the base design package. Actual soil thermal resistivity values shall be used to calculate cable Ampacities.

REVISIONS DRAWN BY

THM

DATE CHK’D BY

APPROVED

4.02 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS A. General The 380kV underground design parameters shall be in accordance with the requirements outlined in COMPANY General Specification 01-TMSS-01, Rev.01, “General Requirements for All Equipment/Materials.”

BA

B. System Short Circuit Level COMPANY’S 380kV system is effectively grounded. The short circuit rating of the 380kV system of the source Substation and the new Substation shall be considered as follows:

CERTIFIED

1.

BY

: M. AL-SAFFAR

C.

The short circuit rating of the 380kV Switchgear is 63kA (1 second). The 380kV cable design shall be based on the 380kV system short circuits rating at 63 kA for 1sec.

System Phasing Arrangement

________ ______

The Cable Contractor shall coordinate with Substation and Power Plant Contractors for correct Phasing at both ends.

DATE :____________________

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

53 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT.

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

CHK’

4.03 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS The following design requirements shall be considered by the CONTRACTOR.

1.

Cable Ampacity shall be supported by detailed calculations as per IEC 60287 1-1, 1-2 & 1-3 to assure the availability of the required cable Ampacity for actual cable installations and SITE conditions, particularly at worst points.

2.

Cable Ampacity calculations should be carried out based on actual soil thermal resistivity. Samples for soil thermal resistivity measurements shall be taken at every 500m along the cable route. The location of these samples along the route shall be subject to COMPANY review and approval. The soil thermal resistivity shall be determined for 2% moisture on the samples and the highest value shall be used in the calculations. In all cases, whenever the measured values of soil thermal resistivity are less than 1.20 k.m/W, the value of 1.20 k.m/W shall be used in the cable ampacity calculations. And whenever the measured values of soil thermal resistivity are more than 1.20 k.m/W, then actual (higher values) shall be used in the cable ampacity calculations. The backfill material of lower values of soil thermal resistivity shall be used to achieve the required Ampacity.

3.

Loading factor for the cables shall be assumed 100%.

4.

The CONTRACTOR shall confirm that each of the energized circuits shall be capable to carry 130% of Normal current capacity of cable as a minimum under all operating conditions, with the other circuit out of service. Cable Ampacity shall be based on a 380kV Cable size of 1000 mm².

5.

The vicinity of all the three substations has many Power Cables of different voltage levels, which are potential heat sources and this has to be considered in the models for Ampacity calculations. Similarly, the proposed route may encounter these cables, which have to be taken into account in the calculations.

6.

The Cable design shall optimize on the depth of burial of the Cable. Cable depths greater than 2000mm may be avoided to have better Ampacity.

7.

The CONTRACTOR shall provide enough number of actual cable layout cross-sections along the cable route with Ampacity calculations for each case. The cross sections shall be for expected worst conditions in terms of cable spacing, depth, directional drilling etc. Also, the CONTRACTOR shall specify the minimum rating of 380kV Cables applicable to any configuration of installation such as existing cables, duct banks, directional drilling etc.

8.

The CONTRACTOR shall confirm that the bending radius of power cables will not be less than the recommended values given by the manufacturer along the whole route.

9.

The CONTRACTOR shall clarify all parameters/assumptions for which the calculations are based.

1

2

3

NO.

DESCRIPTION

A. Calculation of Cable Ampacity

REVISIONS DRAWN BY

THM

DATE CHK’D BY

APPROVED

BA

CERTIFIED

BY

: M. AL-SAFFAR ________ ______

DATE :____________________

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

54 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT.

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

CHK’

10.

DESCRIPTION

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

11.

REVISIONS DRAWN BY

Sheath Sizing Calculations The cable metallic sheath shall be sized in accordance with ICEA P-45-482. The size of cable metallic sheath shall be based on short circuit current of 63kA for 1 second.

1

2

3

NO.

B.

Number of joints to be kept to minimum for reliability purpose. As far as possible, the Sheath Induced Voltage of 200V under normal operating conditions and 10000V under fault operating conditions shall be used to calculate the minor section cable length. The detailed calculation to be submitted with the offer. Computer Software used for Current Rating & Sheath Induced Voltage Calculations shall be provided along with its two (2) Dongle Keys at the time of submission of Current Rating & Sheath Induced Voltage Calculations as mentioned above at Item # 2.g of Notes to above Table of Clause # 3.04.

THM

C.

DATE

Arrangement/Grouping of Cables in the Ground

CHK’D BY

1. APPROVED

Cables grouped in a common cable trench or installed with insufficient spacing from one to another, result in mutual heating. Thus, load capacity of cables is subsequently reduced. Therefore, spacing recommended by COMPANY Standards shall be maintained. If the right-of-way limits the cable spacing and calculated cable Ampacity is reduced, necessary mitigation techniques like Soil with lower Thermal resistivity or Bentonite filling in Ducts shall be provided to achieve the required Ampacity.

BA

2.

The cables shall not be placed in a close proximity to external heat sources to the extent practical.

3.

The typical Cable Laying cross-section details shall be as per COMPANY Standard Drawing No: TA-800062 and TA-800063.

CERTIFIED

D. Metallic Sheath Grounding The grounding system of the power cable shall be designed to limit the induced voltage on the cable sheath at safe level and to eliminate the sheath losses. BY

For metallic sheath grounding, TES-P-104.08, Rev.01 shall be applied considering the following:

: M. AL-SAFFAR ________ ______

DATE :____________________

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

1.

The cables shall be laid in Flat formation using cross-bonding scheme and CONTRACTOR shall submit his design / detailed calculations to comply with all requirements per Electra (28) & Electra (47) CIGRE study for COMPANY review / approval.

2.

The power frequency sheath voltage induced under through fault conditions (3-phase, phase to phase and single phase to ground faults) shall be calculated by the applicable methods and formulas as recommended in Electra (28) & Electra (47) CIGRE study for cross bonding systems.

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

55 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT.

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

CHK’

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

3.

Cable sheath voltage limiters shall be installed at location as recommended in Electra (28) & Electra (47) CIGRE study.

4.

The sheath induced voltage shall not exceed 200 Volts, when cable is carrying the specified full load current. The cable sheath induced voltage under fault conditions shall not exceed 10kVrms to ground.

1

2

3

NO.

DESCRIPTION

5.

REVISIONS DRAWN BY

6.

The induced shield voltage should be calculated at the worst case and assuming a short circuit current of 63kA for 1 second.

7.

The CONTRACTOR shall sectionalize the total cable length in such a way to satisfy above criteria & clarify all parameters/assumptions for which the calculations are based.

THM

DATE CHK’D BY

*** END OF SECTION IV *** APPROVED

BA

CERTIFIED

BY

: M. AL-SAFFAR ________ ______

DATE :____________________

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

56 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT.

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

CHK’

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

SECTION V - EQUIPMENT/MATERIALS SPECIFICATIONS 5.01 GENERAL

DESCRIPTION

This section provides the technical specifications of the following major equipment/ materials: 1. 380kV Power Cable 2. 380kV Cable Terminations and Splice Kits 4. Bonding leads and Sheath insulators

1

2

3

NO.

3. Bonding Cable(1.8/3.0kV) and grounding rods for link Boxes 5. Link Boxes

REVISIONS DRAWN BY

6. Sheath Voltage Limiter

THM

7. Cable Protective Tiles

DATE CHK’D BY

8. Cable Warning Tapes 9. Steel Wire Mesh

APPROVED

10. Warning Post 11. PVC Conduits and Fittings and HDPE sub ducts The technical specifications of equipment/materials are provided hereunder. BA

5.02 380kV POWER CABLES The 380kV power cable shall conform to 380kV Cable SEC Standard 11-TMSS-02, Rev.01 and the associated Data Schedule and the latest Industry Standards. In addition, the 380kV cable manufacturers shall fully comply with the following production quality requirements as per AEIC CS7,AEIC C S9 & ICEA S-108-720.

CERTIFIED

1.

XLPE Insulation Per Section B.1 of AEIC CS7 and IEC 62067

2. BY

Semi-conducting Shielding, Voids and Protrusions Per Section C.3 of AEIC CS7 and IEC 62067

: M. AL-SAFFAR ________ ______

3.

DATE :____________________

Production Sampling Test and Frequency Per Section D and F.3 respectively of AEIC CS7 and IEC 62067

4.

Rejection Criteria for Cable Reel during the Production Sampling Tests Per Section F.3.4 of AEIC CS7 and IEC 60287 Ratings and specific requirements of the cable are given in Data Schedule of 11-TMSS-02, Rev.01.

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

57 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT. APP’ CHK’

5.03 380kV CABLE TERMINATIONS AND SPLICE KITS

DESCRIPTION

The 380kV cable terminations and splice kits to be used for the 380kV Power Cable mentioned above, shall be designed, manufactured and tested in accordance with the applicable requirements of COMPANY Materials Standard Specification 12TMSS-10, Rev.0 and associated Data Schedule. For the XLPE to GIS terminations, the CONTRACTOR shall coordinate with the GIS Manufacturer/ CONTRACTOR. The GIS Termination shall conform to 12-TMSS-10, Rev.0.

1

2

3

NO.

1.

General Requirements a.

For cable splicing and terminating, it is mandatory that the CONTRACTOR install the splices and terminations in strict accordance with the cable manufacturer’s instructions.

b.

The types of splices may be straight through, insulated or a combination of both depending upon the Schematic Diagram. Splicing and terminations shall be in accordance with COMPANY’S Standards TESP-104.04 Rev.01.

c.

All Termination and Splice Kits will be of pre-molded type, Type tested at Independent Laboratory.

d.

Each cable termination/joint must be installed by a qualified and certified jointer.

e.

Quality certificate (check sheet) for each single cable termination/joint must be filled and signed by the jointer.

f.

The contractor must ensure in writing to Project Department that the Cable Accessories stored are as per the manufacturer recommendation.

REVISIONS DRAWN BY

THM

DATE CHK’D BY

APPROVED

BA

CERTIFIED

2.

BY

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

Certification of Splicing Personnel To ensure that the 380kV cable splices and terminations are installed in a professional and workmanship manner, all cable splicing and terminating personnel shall obtain a certification from the COMPANY before they can commence the WORK. At the approval of COMPANY, this certification may include previous cable manufacturer’s training, or certification at COMPANY splicing and terminating school. The COMPANY shall be the sole judge of certification.

: M. AL-SAFFAR ________ ______

DATE :____________________

3.

Cable Tagging All cables shall be clearly identified with durable non-corroding markers securely fastened at each splice and at each termination point. Appropriate information shall include the phase and source/destination addresses, feeder number and voltage level.

5.04 GROUNDING CABLE FOR LINK BOX & GROUNDING ROD FOR LINK BOX THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

58 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT.

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

CHK’

The grounding cable for link Box and grounding rods for link box shall be as per TES-P-104.08, Rev.01.

DESCRIPTION

5.05 BONDING LEADS & SHEATH SECTIONALIZING INSULATORS The bonding leads shall be designed, manufactured and tested in accordance with the requirements of COMPANY Materials Standard Specification 12-TMSS-11, Rev.0 and COMPANY Engineering Standard TES-P-104.08, and Rev.01. The size of the Sheath bonding cable shall be 500mm² (min).

The link Boxes shall be designed manufactured and tested in accordance with the COMPANY Materials Standard Specification12-TMSS-11, Rev.0. The materials for Link Boxes in underground pits shall be non-corrodible, non-ferrous materials. Brass or fiberglass is acceptable while stainless steel is not acceptable. Materials of links and connections shall be tinned copper. Link Boxes in underground pits shall be at an acceptable place to be maintained easily. In streets, acceptable places for link box pits are either footpath or road island.

1

2

3

NO.

5.06 LINK BOXES

REVISIONS DRAWN BY

THM

DATE CHK’D BY

APPROVED

5.07 SHEATH VOLTAGE LIMITER A. Sheath voltage limiter (SVL) shall be provided to limit the transient over voltage on cable sheaths. Sheath Voltage Limiter shall be provided and tested as per COMPANY Materials Standard Specification 12-TMSS-11, Rev.0. BA

B. The limiter shall be suitable for continuous operation with applied voltage equal to the sheath standing voltage under either normal or emergency load. It will have temporary over voltage capability to withstand the induced voltage on sheath under Single line to ground fault/ short circuit conditions.

CERTIFIED

C. The ratings of the sheath voltage limiter shall be verified by the required calculations as per TES-P-104.08, Rev.01 and shall be subjected to COMPANY review and approval. 5.08 CABLE WARNING TAPES The cable warning tape shall be as per TCS-P-104.03. BY

: M. AL-SAFFAR ________ ______

5.09 WARNING POSTS DATE :____________________

The warning posts shall conform to the COMPANY standards TD-800007, TD800008 and TES-P-104.05 Rev.01. Marker posts for buried communication cables shall be in accordance with COMPANY Standard Drawing SB-036365.

5.10. PVC CONDUITS & FITTINGS, AND HDPE SUB DUCTS THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

59 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT.

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

CHK’

A. PVC conduits and fittings shall be provided in all underground concrete duct banks. The PVC conduits and fittings shall be designed, manufactured and tested in accordance with the COMPANY’S Materials Standard Specification 23-TMSS-01, Rev.0.

1

2

3

NO.

DESCRIPTION

B. Sub ducts on hand holes and inside the building shall be corrugated, flexible and fire retardant (2 Hours UL rating) with 25mm outside diameter. Sub duct installation shall be in accordance with TCS-T-111.08.

REVISIONS DRAWN BY

THM

DATE

C. Sub ducts on the underground duct banks and direct buried conduits in trenches shall be rigid with 32mm outside diameter and made from HDPE piping compound, its inner wall shall be smooth and black in color. It shall comply with specification DIN 8074, DIN 8075 and STC specification MAT 2301 and pulling length shall not exceed 450 meters. D. For direct buried cable trenches, PVC conduits shall be of class-4 type. Nylon pull ropes ¼ inches in diameter (of different colors) shall be provided and installed in all vacant/spare ducts and sub ducts.

CHK’D BY

E.

The duct sealing units for conduit fittings shall be in accordance with COMPANY’S Materials Standard Specification 23-TMSS-02, Rev.0.

F.

Unless otherwise indicated, the size of the PVC Conduits for fiber optic cables and 380kV cables shall be 100 mm inner diameter and 150 mm inner diameter respectively.

APPROVED

BA

5.11. INDUSTRIAL SECURITY AND FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS A. Fire Detection and Alarm System

CERTIFIED

1.

Fire Protective Signaling Panel (FPSP) Fire protective signaling panel shall be in accordance with the requirements of 90-TMSS-01.

2. BY

Automatic Fire Detectors Automatic fire detectors shall be in accordance with the requirements of TESB-106.01 and TES-P-119.21.

: M. AL-SAFFAR ________ ______

DATE :____________________

3

Manual Alarm Stations Manual alarm stations shall be in accordance with the requirements of TES-B106.01 and TES-P-119.21.

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

60 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT.

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

CHK’

4.

Audible and Visual Alarm Devices Audible and visual alarm devices shall be in accordance with the requirements of TES-B-106.01 and TES-P-119.21.

DESCRIPTION

5.

Fire Alarm Repeater Panel (FARP) Fire alarm repeater panel shall be per 90-TMSS-01 and shall be integrated with SAS.

REVISIONS DRAWN BY

Data Printer Data printer shall be in accordance with the requirements of TES-P-119.21.

1

2

3

NO.

6.

7.

CONTRACTOR shall provide a programming kit (laptop accessories) and other related items, along with two (2) sets of programming manuals, programming software, alarm system download programming for computerized/addressable fire alarm system.

8.

Fire Alarm system shall be integrated with SAS.

THM

DATE CHK’D BY

APPROVED

B

Clean Agent Fire Extinguishing System Clean Agent Fire Extinguishing System shall comply with the requirements outlined in TES-B-106.05 or TES-B-106.06. It shall also comply with NFPA 2001 (2012 Edition).

BA

NOTE: Reserve clean agent cylinders shall be connected to the system manifold and filled with the same quantity as the main cylinders.

CERTIFIED

C.

Fire Extinguishers Fire extinguishers shall be provided in accordance with the requirements outlined in 90-TMSS-03, TES-P-119.21 and hereunder: Cable Tunnels - 12 kgs. dry chemical, class ABC, cartridge operated, UL listed.

BY

: M. AL-SAFFAR ________ ______

DATE :____________________

5.12 VENTILATION SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS A.Ventilation Equipment and Materials 1. Cable Tunnels Ventilation / Exhaust Fans Centrifugal fans complying with SEC Material Standard 73TMSS-05. Ventilation for tunnels shall include exhaust and supply air fans complete with back draft dampers, fresh air aluminum filters, fresh air intake louvers and control devices for each tunnel partition. The supply air fans shall be filtered & louvered on all sides.

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

61 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT.

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

CHK’

B.Execution and Installation 2. General

DESCRIPTION

a. Install the system and equipment in accordance with TCS-K-100,TES-P-119.19 and manufacturer’s instructions. b. Provide access around equipment for service not less than the manufacturer’s minimum requirement and/or TCS-K-100.01.

Plumbing system shall be in accordance with SEC Standard TES-P119.19 requirements, except for other items as specified below:

REVISIONS DRAWN BY

PLUMBING SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS

1

2

3

NO.

5.13

A.Plumbing Piping Piping shall conform to the requirements of SEC Standard 75TMSS-01.

THM

DATE CHK’D BY

B. Plumbing Equipment Sump Pump

APPROVED

The pump shall conform to the requirements of a dewatering pump on SEC Standard 83-TMSS-01. Discharge rate and discharge pipe diameter shall be 4 liters per second (63.41gpm) and 50 mm respectively. The pump motor shall operate on a 230V, 60 Hz, single phase power supply with 3450 rpm rotational speed.

BA

The pump shall be provided with control panel (auto/manual operation) complete with level switch and other pump motor protection. The control panel shall be mounted on the wall near the pump not less than 1.0 meter high from the finished floor level.

CERTIFIED

*** END OF SECTION V ***

BY

: M. AL-SAFFAR ________ ______

DATE :____________________

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

62 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT.

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

CHK’

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

SECTION VI - INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS AND GUIDELINES 6.01 GENERAL

DESCRIPTION

A. The subsequent sections will present the requirements and practices, which shall be the basis for the installation of 380kV underground cables and Fiber Optic cables for the system of SEC.

1

2

3

NO.

B. The installation practices that will be presented are consistent with the current industry standards with special consideration being given to the working environment found in Saudi Arabia.

REVISIONS DRAWN BY

THM

C. The CONTRACTOR must strictly adhere to the requirements of COMPANY Engineering Standard TES-P-104.and TES-T-111, Construction Standard TCS-P104 and TCS-T-111 as applicable, attached Conceptual Design Drawings, and the Practices and Procedures mentioned in the subsequent sections.

DATE CHK’D BY

APPROVED

BA

6.02 REEL STORAGE A. 380kV XLPE cables shall be provided in steel cable reels; wooden cable reels are not accepted. The Fiber Optic generally has wood cable reels with wooden lagging. Proper storage and handling should commence from its arrival to the storage area until its installation. B. Precautions must be taken to safeguard cable reels from any external mechanical operating equipment or access to unauthorized persons. C. Care on reel deterioration should be taken if cables are to be stored for extended period. Wooden reels shall be stored on concrete base or on raised wooden stringers placed under the reel flanges.

CERTIFIED

D. Cable reels shall be stored in an upright position only. Laying cable reels on their flat sides are not allowed. E. Refer to COMPANY’S TCS-P-104.02 for specific requirements of reel storage SITE. 6.03 BY

: M. AL-SAFFAR ________ ______

DATE :____________________

REEL HANDLING

A. The handling of cable reels upon receipt, storage and transport to the WORK SITE, shall be properly performed that will ensure no damage to the cables or reels. B. Prior to moving or loading the cable reels, thorough knowledge and selection of equipment capabilities and proper tools for handling are essential. C. To prevent reel drum damage when lifting with a crane, a steel shaft of proper strength, length and diameter are required in the cable reel drum spindle and a spreader bar shall be used with a lifting wire rope sling or chain.

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

63 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT.

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

CHK’

D. When transporting cable reels on flat cars or cable trolleys, the cable reels must be properly choked and chained down. The cable reels are to be secured in the transporter through two (2) chains in the reel spindle hole.

DESCRIPTION

E. Other specific requirements as mentioned in the COMPANY’S TCS-P-104.02 shall be strictly followed in material handling. 6.04 POWER CABLE INSTALLATION

The CONTRACTOR shall submit pulling procedure/calculations, in the base design phase, giving anticipated pulling tensions and sidewall pressure calculations for 380kV power cable. The calculations should take into consideration pulling from whichever direction that minimize the pulling tensions and sidewall pressures. COMPANY Standards TES-P-104.05, Rev.01, shall be followed for pulling tensions calculations while the techniques and procedures for the installation shall be in accordance with TCS-P-104.06, Rev.0.

1

2

3

NO.

A. Cable Pulling Tension and Sidewall Pressure Calculations

REVISIONS DRAWN BY

THM

DATE CHK’D BY

B. Preparation of Trenches APPROVED

1.

The trench bottom and walls shall be carefully inspected; all rocks and other rough materials shall be removed. The Trench shall be prepared as per TCSP-104-03.

2.

The trench depth shall be increased in areas where underground utilities cross perpendicularly and are located near the trench bottom, so that the cables when laid shall pass underneath the utility with at least 1000 mm clearance. The transition of the cable under the utility shall be carried out gradually. A split conduit shall be provided on the cable, which shall cross the utilities and will overlap utilities by 1000 mm both sides on crossing.

3.

Where trenching is taking place in existing roads, shoring is required. Steel plates shall be provided. Shoring shall extend from the trench bottom to a point above grade level. The shoring shall be adequately braced so that it remains rigidly in place.

4.

A 150mm layer of fine, granular, uncontaminated bedding of sand shall be evenly distributed in the trench. This sand shall exhibit a maximum thermal soil resistivity of 1.2 K.m/W. It shall be the CONTRACTOR’S responsibility to test the soil thermal resistivity and verify, to the satisfaction of COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE, that the required value has been met. Method of soil treatment proposed by the CONTRACTOR to achieve the above said value shall be submitted to COMPANY for review and approval.

5.

Cable rollers shall be placed in the trench at a maximum of 3m apart and carefully aligned so that the cable during pulling rests in the center of the roller. The rollers shall be carefully maintained and lubricated to ensure that roller friction is minimized. Defective and/or binding rollers shall not be used.

6.

Whenever angles and/or bends in the route are encountered, care shall be taken to ensure that the rollers are properly positioned so that the allowable bending radius of the cable is not exceeded. The rollers shall be adequately

BA

CERTIFIED

BY

: M. AL-SAFFAR ________ ______

DATE :____________________

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

64 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT.

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

CHK’

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

DESCRIPTION

7.

braced against tensions and side pressure that will be encountered during the cable pull. The transition through the angle and/or bend shall be uniformed to conform to the arc of a circle. Radii at the angles shall be as large as practical to minimize pulling tensions and sidewall pressures. The arc radii shall match those used in tension and sidewall pressure calculations. Special measure shall be taken to avoid the de-rating of cable at the point of entrance in the substation by avoiding the following: a. The cables should not be laid deeper than the normal depth. b. The cables should not be close / congested together to form a neck.

1

2

3

NO.

C. Running Out of Cables REVISIONS DRAWN BY

1.

Before running out of cables, the capped ends shall be examined by the cable manufacturer’s engineer for water tightness. The factory installed pulling eye shall be inspected for correct installation.

2.

The cable drum can be positioned directly on the flat-bed trailer as long as obstacles in the trench do not prohibit such an action. The cable drum must be equipped with a braking mechanism and aligned at the proper position for cable pulling.

3.

A pulling eye hook affixed to the cable pulling eye shall be connected to the wire rope through a properly sized swivel and shackle.

4.

After the facilities and the equipment are properly set, portable telephone shall be located on the drum side, leading end of the cable and the winch side. They are utilized to control pulling speed and other communications.

5.

Cable pulling shall be started gradually. A watchman, who walks along the cable as it is being pulled, shall observe the leading end of the cable. The rotating speed of the drum shall correspond to the pulling speed. If necessary, the drum rotating speed shall be controlled with a simple wooden brake. The pulling speed must be kept stable.

6.

Watchmen are to be maintained at each duct entrance / exit along the route so that when the cable leading end arrives, it can be directed into the duct without dragging the duct walls.

7.

The cable shall be pulled continuously from the upper side of the drum in the direction indicated on the cable drum.

8.

The COMPANY shall inspect and approve any pulling eye, which is installed in the field.

9.

During the cable pull, the tension reading from the tension meter shall be recorded at several intervals. A special tabulation sheet for this record shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR. The tension values at each record interval shall be witnessed by the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE. The CONTRACTOR and the cable manufacturer will affix their signatures to the record sheet at the termination of the cable pull. A copy of the recorded sheet will be submitted to the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE on the same day.

THM

DATE CHK’D BY

APPROVED

BA

CERTIFIED

BY

: M. AL-SAFFAR ________ ______

DATE :____________________

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

65 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT.

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

1

3

2

CHK’

11.

NO.

10.

DESCRIPTION

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

12.

Plastic ducts shall be placed around the cables for protection at points where the cables cross in close proximity to other underground utilities & duct banks.

13.

The sheath of power cables must be connected to the Substation grounding system at both ends. All jointing and terminating materials shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR.

14.

After the cables have been laid in the trench, all duct openings along the proposed route, at the new Substation and source substation entry points, and new manholes shall be sealed off against ingress of moisture, sand and insects by use of COMPANY Standard duct sealing units in accordance with 23-TMSS-02, Rev.0.

REVISIONS DRAWN BY

Near joints, cable ducts, cable bending and at all other points where cables are brought above ground and into buildings, at least 150 mm of cable slack per cable shall be left on each side to allow for ground settlement and for future repairs. As a rule, the cable shall be laid slack in the trenches. At splicing points, cables shall overlap to guarantee proper mounting of the joint. After laying, the cable shall be aligned in flat formation and care shall be taken to ensure that the required spacing is maintained between power cable circuits in a common trench.

THM

DATE CHK’D BY

APPROVED

D. Cable Splicing and Terminations 1. BA

CERTIFIED

2.

BY

________ ______

DATE :____________________

JOB ORDER NO.

a.

For cable splicing and terminating, it is mandatory that the CONTRACTOR install the splices and terminations in strict accordance with the cable manufacturer’s instructions.

b.

The types of splices may be straight through, isolating, or a combination of both. Depending upon the particular circuit design, these splices can be ungrounded, grounded or cross grounded. Splicing and terminations shall be in accordance with COMPANY’S Standards TES-P-104.04 Rev.01.

Certification of Splicing Personnel To ensure that the 380kV cable splices and terminations are installed in a professional and workmanship manner, all cable splicing and terminating personnel shall obtain a certification from the COMPANY before they can commence the WORK. At the approval of COMPANY, this certification may include previous cable manufacturer’s training, or certification at COMPANY splicing and terminating school. The COMPANY shall be the sole judge of certification.

: M. AL-SAFFAR

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED

General Requirements

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

66 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT.

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

CHK’

3.

Cable Tagging

DESCRIPTION

All cables shall be clearly identified with durable non-corroding markers securely fastened at each splice and at each termination point. Appropriate information shall include the phase and source/destination addresses, feeder number and voltage level. E.

Link Box Pits

The pits shall be sealed to prevent ingress of water. The Contractor proposal to prevent ingress of water shall be clearly indicated in the designs submitted. Any sealing method proposed should take account of the Company's requirement to open the pit for maintenance testing purposes and also the life of the seal proposed.

1

2

3

NO.

Concrete pits of suitable dimensions to take the link boxes and their associated bonding and earthing connections shall be installed close to the cable box joint.

REVISIONS DRAWN BY

THM

DATE CHK’D BY

The position and design of link box pits and covers shall be to the approval of SEC.

APPROVED

F.

BA

Installation of Link Boxes 1.

All electrical connections outside each link Box shall be cad-welded and properly insulated to preclude corrosion.

2.

The CONTRACTOR shall provide the detailed grounding arrangement at each link Box location. The location of grounding rods shall be such that the top connections are accessible for testing and inspection at inspection pit. Resistance of the ground rods shall not be more than 2 Ohm. Other grounding requirements as per COMPANY Standard TES-P-104.08, Rev.01 shall be followed.

3.

All bonding leads from buried 380kV cable joint up to the link Box should be through a low surge impedance coaxial cable, 10kV rating PVC insulated single conductor cable and capable of carrying the system short circuit currents (refer to section 5.04).

CERTIFIED

BY

: M. AL-SAFFAR

6.05 380kV CABLE ENTRY INTO SUBSTATION AND CONNECTION INTO GIS

________ ______

DATE :____________________

A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide properly secured cable clamps from the cable entry ducts in the cellar wall to the sealing end bay positions. The clamps shall be installed every 700mm along the cable route in the cable entry room. The installed clamps shall have sufficient mechanical strength to withstand torques in the cables due to faults, surges. The COMPANY shall approve the clamps prior to installation. All metallic cable supports and accessories (i.e., clamps, sealing) shall be connected (grounded) to the Substation ground grid. B.

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

The CONTRACTOR shall provide the necessary fireproofing of the cable inside Substations cable entry room/basement at new substation in accordance with COMPANY Engineering Standard TES-P-104.05 Rev.01.

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

67 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT.

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

CHK’

C. The 380kV cable circuits shall be tagged immediately on entering the cable cellar with the name of route, length of the route, size of the conductor, voltage level and type of insulation.

1

2

3

NO.

DESCRIPTION

D. The CONTRACTOR shall undergo a joint inspection with COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE to select the most suitable cable entry points and the best cable route inside substation basements/cable entry room. Upon completion of the inspection, the CONTRACTOR shall submit a scaled drawing incorporating all the details for COMPANY approval. E.

The CONTRACTOR shall provide adequate cable loops not less than five (5) meters in the basement/cable entry room for any future termination work.

F.

The CONTRACTOR shall make sure that the cable clamping arrangements on steel supports do not produce circulating current/heat in the steel supports.

REVISIONS DRAWN BY

THM

6.06 OTHER INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

DATE CHK’D BY

A. Responsibility During Installation The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for all materials and component parts during installation.

APPROVED

Failure of any cable and/or component during installation or testing shall cause the faulty cable and/or component to be unacceptable until all test results are reviewed and corrective action taken. To minimize failures at final testing, the CONTRACTOR should physically check and test the cable in segments during installation preferably before backfilling the cable trench.

BA

CERTIFIED

*** END OF SECTION VI ***

BY

: M. AL-SAFFAR ________ ______

DATE :____________________

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

68 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT.

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

CHK’

SECTION VII – COMMISSIONING TESTS 7.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

DESCRIPTION

A. Testing of high voltage cable system shall be carried out to ensure that the necessary design and operation specifications are achieved prior to placing the cable system into service.

1

2

3

NO.

B. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to carry out all tests in a safe manner and with a predetermined safe working procedure submitted to COMPANY.

REVISIONS DRAWN BY

THM

DATE CHK’D BY

APPROVED

C. The mechanical check and visual inspection as required in COMPANY’S Standard TCS-P-105.00 Rev.01 shall be carried out prior to any electrical test. D. In addition to the tests required in this standard, all tests required by the cable manufacturer shall be performed. In the event of a conflict between the testing requirements of this standard and those of the cable manufacturer, the COMPANY shall be the sole judge as to which tests shall take precedence. E.

All instruments/equipments that belong to CONTRACTOR must have valid calibration certificate and it shall be available at SITE for COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE’s inspection.

7.02 ELECTRICAL TESTS FOR NEW 380kV XLPE CABLES After completing cable installation, the following tests/ measurements shall be conducted on the new power cables (laid from the source Substation to the new Substation). These tests/measurements shall be conducted in the presence of COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE who will sign the recording document upon completion of the tests/measurements. All testing and measuring instruments and equipment shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR.

BA

CERTIFIED

A. Cable Jacket Test A sheath test shall be performed on the cable jacket after placement and compaction of the permanent trench backfill. After applying 100 to 150mm of backfill material cover over the cables, a 10kV DC potential shall be applied for 1 minute between the metallic shield and the earth electrode. No electrical breakdown shall occur. BY

: M. AL-SAFFAR ________ ______

Prior to 10kV DC jacket test, it is necessary to carry out shield insulation resistance test. This shall be measured by 5000V Mega-Ohm Meter. Each sheath section has to be tested. If the insulation reading is found abnormally low, further physical inspection on sheath connections and the accessories is required and is to repaired after fault location.

DATE :____________________

Upon successful completion of sheath insulation test, 10kV DC test for one minute shall be performed on each cable section between link boxes. Maximum allowable leakage current shall be as per TCS-P-104.08.

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

69 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT.

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

CHK’

B. Conductor Continuity and Phasing Tests C. Metallic Shield Continuity Test

DESCRIPTION

D. Cable Insulation Test before and after HV AC Test by Mega Ohm Meter E. Cable Profile Radar Test

1

2

3

NO.

F.

REVISIONS DRAWN BY

THM

High Voltage AC Test

G. At Link Boxes following tests are to be carried out. 1: Grounding Resistance Measurement. 2: SVL Insulation Resistance Test. 3: Cross Bonding Verification Test. 4: Contact Resistance Measurement. 5: Insulation Resistance Test.

DATE CHK’D BY

APPROVED

H. Cable Impedance Measurement I.

Partial Discharge Measurements Test at all joints and sealing ends

J.

Conductor Resistance and Shield Resistance Test Using a sensitive measuring instrument, conductor DC resistance and shield DC resistance shall be measured. Accuracy required up to three (3) decimals. For comparison with theoretical figure, the obtained readings shall be corrected to 20oC.

BA

K. All above tests shall be as detailed in the COMPANY Construction Standard TCSP-104.08 and TCS-P-105.00 Rev.01. CERTIFIED

L.

U/G Portion (calculated Impedances & measured Impedances) Positive sequence impedance and zero sequence impedance The CONTRACTOR shall provide cable data (i.e., size, type, configuration, length, Method of grounding, etc ;) along with the Impedances (calculated and measured values) for COMPANY review and approval during construction stage of the PROJECT.

BY

: M. AL-SAFFAR

Also, the CONTRACTOR shall provide cable data and impedances to the SUBSTATION CONTRACTOR for protection setting/ coordination purpose during construction stage of the PROJECT.

________ ______

DATE :____________________

7.03 ELECTRICAL TESTING OF LINK BOX The link Box shall be tested prior to installation by test voltage as specified in of 12TMSS-11(Rev.0). After installation, the link Box shall be tested in accordance to TCS-P-105.00 Rev.01. The ground resistance shall be measured at all link Box positions.

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

70 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT.

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

CHK’

7.04 Field Tests on 380kV cables:

DESCRIPTION

Field testing of the whole cable system shall be in accordance to applicable SEC Engineering Standard and IEC 60627. Following sequence of testing work procedure shall be adopted:

The CONTRACTOR shall complete all mechanical works, pre-electrical Tests and pre-final documentation consisting of marked-up construction drawings, preCommissioning Test results system and equipment manuals before inviting COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE for commissioning tests and inspection.

1

2

3

NO.

1. Preparation of Site Commissioning Test and Inspection

REVISIONS DRAWN BY

2. Scheduling Commissioning Tests and Inspection

THM

All Testing and Commissioning activities shall be coordinated with and witnessed by the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE.

DATE CHK’D BY

CONTRACTOR’S invitation to the COMPANY to witness the Commissioning Tests and Inspection shall be made fourteen (14) days in advance accompanied by: - Marked-up Construction Drawings - Pre-Commissioning Test Results - System / Equipment Manuals

APPROVED

3. Test and Inspection Checklist

BA

The CONTRACTOR shall obtain from the COMPANY, 380kV Power Cable Checklist of Acceptance Tests and Inspection covering documentation, mechanical inventory and tests requirements for PROJECT acceptance. (380kV Cable Acceptance Test and Inspection Checklist shall be used)

CERTIFIED

4. Correction of Discrepancies A re-inspection and re-test, to be witnessed by the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE is required to clear the CONTRACTOR of any outstanding discrepancy found during commissioning test and inspection. A re-test and reinspection of related parameters shall also be conducted to ensure that these are not affected by the aforementioned discrepancies. BY

: M. AL-SAFFAR

5. Acceptance Test and Inspection related Activities

________ ______

The stages of acceptance test and inspection shall be performed:

DATE :____________________

a.

b. c. d. THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

Scheduling of test and inspection by the CONTRACTOR, the date to be agreed upon by both COMPANY and CONTRACTOR, and submission by the CONTRACTOR and approval by the COMPANY of documents mentioned above. Validation of Marked-up Construction Drawings (done throughout the test and inspection process). Inventory and Mechanical Inspection of installed equipment. Verification of validity of test equipment to be used in the tests.

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

71 OF 72

REV.

0

CERT.

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬

CHK’

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

e.

DESCRIPTION

f. g.

*** END

1

2

3

NO.

h.

Performance and/or functional tests after are done and all service affecting discrepancies corrected. Unavailability of documents essential for safe energization, operation and troubleshooting of the installed equipment are considered Service Affecting Discrepancies. Signing of TCC (Technical Completion Certificate) after all stated stages are completed and accepted. Trial period of one month after clearing all outstanding discrepancies and acceptance of the final test results. Signing of PAC (Performance Acceptance Certificate) after successful completion of the trial period.

OF SECTION VII & SOW/TS ***

REVISIONS DRAWN BY

THM

DATE CHK’D BY

APPROVED

BA

CERTIFIED

BY

: M. AL-SAFFAR ________ ______

DATE :____________________

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012 SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C 640

INDEX

A

PTS NO

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

72 OF 72

REV.

0

APPENDICES

APPENDIX- I

LIST OF ATTACHED CONCEPTUAL DESIGN AND REFERENCE DRAWINGS

APPENDIX- II

MATERIAL DATA SCHEDULES

APPENDIX- III

TECHNICAL DATA MANUALS FORMS

APPENDIX- IV

BID STANDARD FORMAT

APPENDIX- V

OPERATIONAL SPARE PARTS

APPENDIX- VI

COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS

APPENDIX- VII

PROTECTION SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS (BY oTHER cONTRACTOR)

APPENDIX-VIII

CIVIL AND STRUCTURAL WORKS

APPENDIX- IX

N/A

APPENDIX- X

N/A

APPENDIX- XII

N/A

APPENDIX-XIII

SPECIAL TOOLS & EQUIPMENT (to be provided by Contractor)

APPENDIX- XVI

GEOTECHNICAL AND CONCRETE INVESTIGATION AND MATERIAL TESTING (APPLICABLE IF REQUIRED)

EXHIBIT- 1

COMPANY FORM NO.16511 (2/10)

APPENDIX - I LIST OF ATTACHED CONCEPTUAL AND REFERENCE DRAWINGS

          APPENDIX I LIST OF ATTACHED CONCEPTUAL AND REFERENCE DRAWINGS Page 1 of 1  A. Conceptual Drawings    

The conceptual drawings prepared for this project are listed in the  Drawing control sheet CT‐ 906044 given in the following page and are  included as attachment to this Scope of WORK and Technical Specifications:                                     

‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬ Saudi Electricity Company DRAWING CONTROL SHEET SEC PROJECT MANAGER / ENGINEER

PROJECT TITLE

CONTRACT NO.

Constructionof 380KV Cable Line fromGT art Qassim PowerPLant To GIS at Qassim-4(9032)380KV Substation

DRAFTING OFFICE

-

SAUDI ARABIA

RIYADH DRAWING NO.

JOB ORDER NO.

INITIAL REV. NO.

SHEET NO.

FURTHER REV.

DRAWING TITLE

NO.

REMARKS

DATE

INDEX - A PTS-12CC348 CT-906044

1 1

TO OF

72 1

DRAWING CONTROL SHEET

CT-906045 CT-906046

1 1

OF TO

1 2

CABLE ROUTE DRAWING SLD OF QASSIM-4 (9032) BSP

INDEX - P

AS BUILT BY

-

PROJECT COMPLETION DATE

PLANT NO.

INDEX

DRAWING NO.

-

C-640

X

CT-906044

SHEET NO.

01

OF

REV. NO.

01

01

THIS DRAWING AND THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN ARE THE SOLE PROPERTY OF SAUDI ELECTRICITY CO. NO REPRODUCTION IN FULL OR IN PART SHALL BE OBTAINED FROM THIS DOCUMENT WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF ITS OWNER.

P

NOTES JOB ORDER NO.

INDEX

C-640 PLANT NO.

CT-906045 DRAWING NUMBER

01 of 01 SHEET NO.

1.THIS DRAWING SHOWS A TENTATIVE CABLE ROUTE POWER PLANT PROJECT OFFICE. 2.CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE ROUTE & INFORM SEC

APPROXIMATE ROUTE LENGHT

ABOUT ANY OBSTACLE (UTILITIES) ON THE ROUTE & MODIFY THE ROUTE ACCORDINGLY.

N

1.STEAM TURBINE #1 TO S/S 9032= 600M

CONSENT OF I TS OW NER.

BASED ON INFORMATION COLLECTED FROM SEC QASSIM

3.ACTUAL LENGTH OF THE ROUTE WILL BE AS PER ROUTE PROPOSED BY CONTRACTOR AND APPROVED BY

2.STEAM TURBINE #2 TO S/S 9032= 330M

SEC.

THI S DOCUMENT W I THOUT THE W RI TTEN

3.STEAM TURBINE #3 TO S/S 9032= 1000M

3 NE# STEAM TURBI

PART SHALL BE OBTAI NED FROM

LEGEND

STEPUPTRANSFORMER

FULL OR I N

2.5M X 2.5M TUNNEL

REPRODUCTI ON I N NO

8. 01

ASPHALT ROAD

45. 23

TROAD ASPHAL TROAD ASPHAL

TROAD ASPHAL

SPACEFORFUTURE E NEDCYCL COMBI

DRAWING NO.

DRAWING CONTROL NUMBER

CT-906044

SCOPE_OF_WORK_&_TECHNICAL_SPECIFICATIONS

PTS. 12CC348

I I I QCPP-

CYCLONE FENCE

HEREI N

ROAD CURVE

TS NEUNI NG GASTURBI STI EXI 7 &2 6 2 , 5 2 , 4 2 NOS.

TS NEUNI NG GASTURBI STI EXI 3 &2 2 2 , 1 2 , 0 2 NOS.

7.83

EDROAD PROPOS

CYCLONE FENCE ANK SPARE DUCTB 4)CKTS. FOR FOUR ( E MANHOL

BANK V DUCT k 2 3 1

REV. NO.

DATE

BY

CHKD.

DESCRIPTION

CERT.

APPD.

E MANHOL

4 0 GT# CLS E MANHOL

L WAL RE I F ) P. Y T (

V k 0 8 DE 3 M WI 5 L UNNE E T CABL

E MANHOL

E MANHOL

ANK SPARE DUCTB 4)CKTS. FOR FOUR (

=D13 =D12

PACU

60 0.

PACU RMU PLATFORM

RMU

TO FUTURE ON BUTI STRI DI

M. H

THI S DRAW I NG

R EW A LL FI

BLE TUNNEL DE 380kV CA 5M WI

REWALL FI

R EW A LL FI

BLE TUNNEL DE 380kV CA 5M WI

BLE TUNNEL DE 380kV CA 5M WI

061 6.

G ANTRY 882 4A

SBLDG. VGI 132k

ARE THE SOLE PROPERTY

SPACEFORFUTURE E NEDCYCL COMBI

DRAWING TITLE

OF

REFERENCE DRAWINGS

1 NE# STEAM TURBI

AND THE I NFORMATI ON CONTAI NED

ASPHALT ROAD

2 NE# STEAM TURBI

GA T E ENT RANCE

S VGI k 0 8 3

TOILET 3500) 5550x (

E CHUTE CABL V SWGR ROOM 8k 3. 1 0800) 1 4350x (

ON RE PROTECTI FI PMENT ROOM EQUI 0800) 1 5550x (

STORE 0800) 1 5550x (

OFFICE 00) 71 5500x (

CYCLONE FENCE

DOR CORRI

ON ROOM CATI COMMUNI 8700) 0925x 1 (

2 3 0 S9 S/ DRAWN BY

E T A G

E T A G E S U O H LET TOI

RCI

BA

CHECKED BY

NTS

SCALE:

NG AR PARKI SPACE FOR C

OM CONFERANCE RO 8700) 500x 1 1 ( UP

PACU

. CONTROL BLDG PLAN GROUND FLOOR

PACU H P S A

DATE STARTED

DATE COMPLETED EHV-E&DD

A S P H

OPR’G. DEPT.

A LT

E&DD/ESD

ENG. DEPT.

R O A D

D D A A O O R TR T L L A A H H P P S S A A

R

O

D A

AL PROPOSE EXTERN ECOM AR TEL MODUL TER SHEL

TROAD ASPHAL

LT A

RE PUMP FI HOUSE

NK SPARE DUCTBA 4)CKTS. FOR FOUR (

BATTERY ROOM 8700) 25x 21 1 (

RELAY TEST ROOM 8700) 5600x (

E T E GA T A G

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR

AD AD RO T RO L A T L H PA H S P A AS

CERTIFIED

ASPHAL TROAD

CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING ASPHAL TROAD

MATERIAL UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED

ASPHAL TROAD

00

BY

BA

DATE

03-12-2012

CONSTRUCTION OF 380KV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUB-STATION

SAUDI ARABIA

QASSIM JOB ORDER NO.

INDEX

P

PLANT NO.

C-640

DRAWING NUMBER

CT-906045

SHEET NO.

01 of 01

REV. NO.

00

REV. NO.

P

NOTES

THI S DOCUMENT W I THOUT THE W RI TTEN

CONSENT OF I TS OW NER.

JOB ORDER NO.

NOTES

C-5

C-3

C-1

SF6/OIL BUSHING TERMATION

SCOPE OF WORK AS PER PTS-12CC348

NO

REPRODUCTI ON I N

FULL OR I N

PART SHALL BE OBTAI NED

FROM

C-7

>>

>> 13.8kV CIRCUIT BREAKER

CABLE TERMINATION

REFERENCE DRAWINGS

DRAWING CONTROL SHEET

906044

SCOPE OF WORK TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

PTS. 12CC348

2

380kV,1CX1000sq.mm.

G20

G21

G22

G23

REV. NO.

DATE

BY

CHKD.

DESCRIPTION

CERT.

APPD.

THI S DRAW I NG

ST-1

AND THE I NFORMATI ON CONTAI NED

HEREI N

XLPE CABLE PER PHASE

OF

DRAWING NO.

ARE THE SOLE PROPERTY

DRAWING TITLE

DRAWN BY

RCI

THM

CHECKED BY

DATE STARTED

SCALE:

NONE

DATE COMPLETED EHV-E&DD

E&DD/ESD

OPR’G. DEPT.

ENG. DEPT.

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR

CERTIFIED

CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIAL UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED

BY

BA

DATE

11-12-2012

MAIN ONE LINE DIAGRAM 380kV NEW QASSIM-4 (9032) 380/132kV SUBSTATION

SAUDI ARABIA

QASSIM JOB ORDER NO.

INDEX

P

PLANT NO.

C640

DRAWING NUMBER

CT-906046

SHEET NO.

01 of 02

REV. NO.

00

INDEX

C640 PLANT NO.

CT-906046 DRAWING NUMBER

01 of 02 SHEET NO.

00 REV. NO.

P

NOTES JOB ORDER NO.

PREPARE DETAILED DRAWINGS FOR ENGINEERING AND CONSTRUCTION. 2.THE RATING OF 13.8kV SIDE SURGE ARRESTER FOR TRANSFORMER SHALL BE DECIDED BASED ON THE TRANSFERED OVER VOLTAGE STUDY. 3.380kV SA SHOWN ARE ADDITIONAL SA SHALL BE PROVIDED BASED ON EMTDC/INSULATION COORDINATION STUDY AS REQUIRED.

NOTES C-6

C-8

NO

REPRODUCTI ON I N FULL OR I N PART SHALL BE OBTAI NED FROM

C-4

SF6/OIL BUSHING TERMATION

SCOPE OF WORK AS PER PTS-12CC348

CABLE TERMINATION

REFERENCE DRAWINGS DRAWING NO.

DRAWING CONTROL SHEET

906044

SCOPE OF WORK TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

PTS. 12CC348

SPARE FOR FUTURE GENERATION

2

ST-2

2

380kV,1CX1000sq.mm.

380kV,1CX1000sq.mm.

XLPE CABLE PER PHASE

XLPE CABLE PER PHASE

ST-3

REV. NO.

DATE

BY

CHKD.

DESCRIPTION

CERT.

APPD.

OF

DRAWING TITLE

AND THE I NFORMATI ON CONTAI NED HEREI N ARE THE SOLE PROPERTY

C-2

THI S DOCUMENT W I THOUT THE W RI TTEN CONSENT OF I TS OW NER.

1.THIS IS A CONCEPTUAL DRAWING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL

THI S DRAW I NG

INDEX

C640 PLANT NO.

CT-906046 DRAWING NUMBER

02 of 02 SHEET NO.

00

DRAWN BY

RCI

THM

CHECKED BY

DATE STARTED

SCALE:

NONE

DATE COMPLETED EHV-E&DD

E&DD/ESD

OPR’G. DEPT.

ENG. DEPT.

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR

CERTIFIED

CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIAL UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED

BY

BA

DATE

11-12-2012

MAIN ONE LINE DIAGRAM 380kV NEW QASSIM-4 (9032) 380/132kV SUBSTATION

SAUDI ARABIA

QASSIM JOB ORDER NO.

INDEX

P

PLANT NO.

C640

DRAWING NUMBER

CT-906046

SHEET NO.

02 of 02

REV. NO.

00

REV. NO.

APPENDIX- II MATERIAL DATA SCHEDULES (SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS)

APPENDIX II (MATERIAL DATA SCHEDULES /SPECIFIC REQUIREMENT The following COMPANY Material Standard Specifications Data Schedules are attached. The CONTRACTOR shall fill out the Data Schedule indicating the technical particulars of the equipment offered by him. In no case, the data specified by the COMPANY in the Data Schedule shall be erased or altered by the CONTRACTOR while he fills out his data. 1.

10-TMSS-05 (Rev.01)

Bare, Copper-Clad Steel Grounding Conductor and Ground Rod

2.

11-TMSS-02 (Rev. 01) 11-TMSS-03 (Rev. 0) 11-TMSS-10 (Rev. 01)

Power Cable, XLPE Insulated, Copper Conductor, Single Core, 110kV, 115kV, 132kV, 230kV or 380kV Rating Power Cable, LPOF, Copper Conductor, Single Core, 110kV, 115kV, 132kV, 230kV or 380kV Rating Power and/or Control Cable, Cu or Al Conductor,600/1000V Rating

5.

12-TMSS-10 (Rev.0)

Splice & Termination Kits for Power Cables 69kV, 110kV 115kV, 132kV, 230kV and 380kV

6.

12-TMSS-11 (Rev.0)

Link Boxes for Power Cables

7.

23-TMSS-01 (Rev.0)

PVC Conduits & Fittings for Underground Cables

8.

23-TMSS-02 (Rev. 0) 23-TMSS-04 (Rev. 0) 24-TMSS-01 (Rev.01)

Duct Sealing Units

3. 4.

9. 10.

11. 70-TMSS-03

Cable Clamps for Power Cables Metallic Cable Tray Systems Normal Weight Ready-Mixed Portland Cement Concrete

(Rev.01)

Page1

12CC348

2500

12CC313 12CC348

12CC313 12CC348

12CC313 12CC348

12CC313 12CC348

12CC313 12CC348

12CC348

12CC348



TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION r %

24-TMSS-01, Rev. 01

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE METALLIC CABLE TRAY SYSTEMS SEC Enquiry No.

Date:

SEC Purchase Order No. or Contract No.

Date:

SEC PTS No./Project Title with J.O. No. REFERENCE SECTION NO. 3.0

12CC348

DESCRIPTION

'C'

'A'

APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS Applicable industry standard

4.0

DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS

4.2

Design Criteria Designation Span load class Span length (mm)

* * *

Working load capacity (kg/m)

4.3

Safety factor

1.5

Maximum deflection (mm)

12

Materials Type of material (Al / Steel) Type of surface protection If aluminum alloy, If carbon steel,

SEC SPECIFIED DATA/PARAMETER. BIDDER/SUPPLIER/VENDOR/CONTRACTOR PROPOSED DATA/PARAMETERS. 'C'- REMARKS SUPPORTING THE PROPOSED DEVIATION IN COLUMN 'B'. (*)- DATA/PARAMETER TO BE PROVIDED/PROPOSED BY THE BIDDER/SUPPLIER/ VENDOR/CONTRACTOR IN COLUMN 'B'. 24TMSSO1R01/NAQ

Date of Approval: June 19, 2012

PAGE NO. 12 OF 14

TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION r ° ti

24-TMSS-01, Rev. 01

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE METALLIC CABLE TRAY SYSTEMS REFERENCE SECTION NO. 4.4

DESCRIPTION

'A'

'B'

'C'

Fabrication Type of Cable Tray (Ladder, Trough, Solid Bottom, Channel) Width/depth of cable tray, as applicable (mm/mm) Ladder Trough (mm/mm) Solid Bottom (mm/mm) (mm/mm) Channel Rung spacing for ladder type tray (mm) Free base area of cable ladder (%) Free base area classification of cable ladder Perforation in the base area for trough type tray (%) Perforation base area classifcation Minmum temperature classification (°C) Maximum temperature classification (°C) Impact resistance up to (J) Minimum thickness of material (mm)

2

Moment of Ineria (mm4) Section modulus for two side rails (mm3) Are Cable Barriers Required?

Yes / No

Finish touch up

24TMSSO1R01/NAQ

Date of Approval: June 19, 2012

PAGE NO. 13 OF 14

TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION

*

24-TMSS-01, Rev. 01

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE METALLIC CABLE TRAY SYSTEMS ADDITIONAL TECHNICAL INFORMATION OR FEATURES TO BE FURNISHED BY SEC:

ADDITIONAL SUPPLEMENTARY DATA OR FEATURES BIDDERNENDOR/SUPPLIER/CONTRACTOR:

PROPOSED BY

C. OTHER PARTICULARS TO BE FILLED UP BY BIDDER/VENDOR/SUPPLIER/ CONTRACTOR:

Actual Manufacturer of Equipment/Material

Vendor/Supplier/ Contractor

Name of the Company Location and address

Name and Signature of authorized epresentative and date Official Seal/Stamp of the Company & Date

24TMSSO1R01/NAO

Date of Approval: June 19, 2012

PAGE NO, 14 OF 14

12CC348

MODERATE

TYPE- II 350 * * 28

0.40

75 *

r TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION \ 1/44.

70-TMSS-03, Rev. 01

12.0 DATA SCHEDULE NORMAL WEIGHT READY-MIXED PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE SEC Enquiry No.

Date:

SEC Purchase Order No. or Contract No.

Date:

SEC PTS No./Project Title with J.O. No. REFERENCE SECTION NO.

12CC348

DESCRIPTION

'A'

'B'

'C'

DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS i) Coarse Aggregates *

Type Mass (kg/m3) Nominal Size (mm)

* *

.1) Admixture: Type Brand Dosage (Um') 10.0 TESTS 10.2.2 Frequency of Sampling for Compressive Strength/m3

SEC 10.2.2

10.2.4 Rapid Chloride Permeability Test (ASTM C1202) Frequency of Permeability Test/m3 Chloride Permeability Test (ASTM C1543)

Yes/No

Yes/No

SEC SPECIFIED DATA/PARAMETER BIDDER/SUPPLIER/VENDOR/CONTRACTOR PROPOSED DATA/PARAMETERS 'C'- REMARKS SUPPORTING THE PROPOSED DEVIATION IN COLUMN 'B' (*)- DATA/PARAMETER TO BE PROVIDED/PROPOSED BY THE BIDDER/SUPPLIER/ VENDOR/CONTRACTOR IN COLUMN 'B'

70TMSSO3R01/SZA

Date of Approval: January 31, 2012

PAGE NO. 37 OF 38

TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION r

70-TMSS-03, Rev. 01

12.0 DATA SCHEDULE NORMAL WEIGHT READY-MIXED PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE ADDITIONAL TECHNICAL INFORMATION OR FEATURES TO BE FURNISHED BY SEC:

ADDITIONAL SUPPLEMENTARY DATA OR FEATURES PROPOSED BY BIDDER/VENDOR/SUPPLIER/CONTRACTOR:

B. OTHER PARTICULARS TO BE FILLED UP BY BIDDER/VENDOR/SUPPLIER/ CONTRACTOR:

Actual Manufacturer of Equipment/Material

Vendor/Supplier/ Contractor

Name of the Company Location and address

Name and Signature of authorized Representative and date Official Seal/Stamp of the Company & Date

70TMSSO3R01/SZA

Date of Approval: January 31, 2012

PAGE NO, 38 OF 38

APPENDIX - III TECHNICAL DATA MANUALS

1.

Technical Data Manuals The CONTRACTOR shall provide Technical Data Manuals as applicable for the substation equipment and underground cable systems installed under the PROJECT. The CONTRACTOR shall submit at least two (2) sets of manuals for review and approval by the COMPANY at least two (2) months prior to the techinical completion date of the PROJECT. After COMPANY approval, the CONTRACTOR shall submit three (3) sets of final approved manuals two (2) weeks before technical completion date of the PROJECT.

2.

Substation Equipment The Technical Data Manuals for the substation equipment, as applicable, shall include the following information as a minimum pertaining to the major substation equipment installed under the PROJECT. a.

Equipment for which TMSS and SMSS Data Schedule is available. 

A copy of manufacturer’s nameplate of the equipment.



Name of the manufacturer and equipment serial number shall be specified in the attached Form No. PTD-EQP-DS1.



Updated Data Schedules attached to the COMPANY Materials Standard Specification (TMSS and SMSS) after manufacture of the equipment, and stamped by the manufacturer.

The Technical Data is required for the following substation equipment: -

3.

380kV XLPE Cables 380kV XLPE Cable Termination and Splicing Kits Line Boxes Sheath Voltage Limiters Surge Arresters DTS

Underground Cables The CONTRACTOR shall provide technical data applicable for XLPE Cables, splices and terminations as per details of updated data schedules of the relevant COMPANY material standard specifications (TMSS and SMSS) stamped by the manufacturer. In addition to the above mentioned TMSS and SMSS data schedules, the CONTRACTOR shall provide additional information in the attached form no. PTD-UGC DS6

APPENDIX - IV BID STANDARD FORMAT

CERT.

‫الشركة السعودية للكهرباء‬

CHK’D

APP’D

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

DESCRIPTION

APPENDIX IV

BID STANDARD FORMAT

1

2

3

NO.

The BIDDER shall fill in Annex A & C which shows equipment salient features along with the Technical Proposal. The BIDDER shall also fill Annex B which shows the documents submitted along with the Technical Proposal REVISIONS

PREPARED BY: DATE: CHK’D BY:

APPROVED

CERTIFIED

BY: DATE:

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED

PTS-12CC348

JOB ORDER NO.

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380KV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C640

INDEX

DOCUMENT NO.

A

PTS 12CC348 APPENDIX-IV

PAGE NO.

REV.

0

ANNEX A Contract No. Project Titile: No. A 1

2 3 4 5 6 7 8

EQUIPMENT/MATERIAL MANUFACTURERS

Description of Equipment/ Material

Type/Model Manufacturer

Country of Origin

Tech. Info. In Section#

UNDERGROUND TRANSMISSION LINE MATERIAL XLPE or LPOF U/G Cable 380kV 230kV 132kV 110kV 36kV 13.8KV Non-metallic Fiber Optic Cable Fiber Optic Terminal Equipment Low Density SDH Pilot Cable, 19 pairs Link Box for U/G Power Cable Sheath Voltage Limiter 380kV Splice kits 380kV Termination kits

O/H TRANSMISSION LINE EQUIPMENT/MATERIAL 1 Overhead Line Conductor 2 Overhead Ground Wire 3 Tubular Steel Pole 4 Lattice Steel Structure 5 Wood Pole 6 Disconnect Switch 380kV 230kV 110kV 132kV 7 Line Post Insulator 380kV 230kV 110kV 69kV 8 Suspension Insulator 380kV 132kV 110kV 69kV 9 Composite Overhead Optical Fiber Ground Wire (OPGW) 10 Fiber Optic Joint Box 11 Fiber Optic Terminal Equipment * Low Density SDH B

Note : Strike-off items which are not applicable to this project

Page 1 of 1

ANNEX B Contract No. Project Titile: SUMMARY OF EQUIPMENT/MATERIAL SUBMITTALS

No.

Description of Equipment/ Material

A

UNDERGROUND TRANSMISSION LINE MATERIAL

1

2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Statement of Data Manufacturer's Compliance Schedule Catalogs

Type Test List of Users Report

XLPE or LPOF U/G Cable 380kV 230kV 132kV 110kV 69kV 36 Kv 13.8kV Non-metallic Fiber Optic Cable Fiber Optic Terminal Equipment Low Density SDH Pilot Cable, 19 pairs Link Box for U/G Power Cable Sheath Voltage Limiter 380kV Splice kits 380kV Termination kits

O/H TRANSMISSION LINE EQUIPMENT/MATERIAL 1 Overhead Line Conductor 2 Overhead Ground Wire 3 Tubular Steel Pole 4 Lattice Steel Structure 5 Wood Pole 6 Disconnect Switch 380kV 132kV 110kV 7 Line Post Insulator 380kV 132kV 110kV 8 Suspension Insulator 380kV 132kV 110kV 9 Composite Overhead Optical Fiber Ground Wire (OPGW) 10 Fiber Optic Joint Box 11 Fiber Optic Terminal Equipment Low Density SDH B

Note : Strike-off items which are not applicable to this project

Page 1 of 1

ANNEX C Contract No. Project Titile: No. 1

SUMMARY OF PROPOSED PROTECTIVE RELAYS

Description of Equipment/ Material Relay & Control Panels

Manufacturer

Country of Origin

Type/ Model

Tech. Info. In Section #

2 Feeder Protection a. Distance Relay Set 1 (2IP) Set 2 (2IS) b. Directional Comparison Earth Fault Relay Set 1 (67NP) Set 2 (67NS) c. Longitudinal/Pilot Wire Differential Relay Set 1 (87LP) Set 2 (87LS) d. Back-up Inverse Time Overcurrent Relay with Instantaneous Unit Phase (50/51) Neutral (50/51N) e. Back-up Directional Overcurrent Relay with Instantaneous Unit Phase (50/51) Neutral (67N) f. Synchrocheck Relay (25) g. Auto Reclosing Relay (79) h. PT Fuse Failure Relay 3 a. b. c.

Power Transformer Protection OLTC Control Panel Differential Relay (87 T) Restricted Earth Fault Relay HV Side (87 REF-HV) LV Side (87 REF-HV) d. Back-up HV side Overcurrent Relay with or without Inst.Unit

e.

f. g.

h. 4 a.

Phase (50/51) Neutral (50/51N) Ground (50/51G) Back-up Secondary side Directional Overcurrent Relay with or without Inst. Unit Phase (67) Neutral (67G) Back-up LV side Neutral Overcurrent Relay with or without Inst.Unit Tertiary Winding Inverse Time Overcurrent Relay with or without Instantaneous Unit (50/51TW) HV Side Over Fluxing Relay (24T) Grounding Transformer Protection Restricted Earth Fault Relay (87 GT)

Page 1 of 3 Note: 1. Strike-off items which are not applicable to this project. 2. In case different make/type/model of same kind of relays are proposed for different applications list them all.

ANNEX C Contract No. Project Titile: No. b.

5 a. 6 a. b. c. 7

SUMMARY OF PROPOSED PROTECTIVE RELAYS

Description of Equipment/ Material Inverse Time Overcurrent Relay with/ without Intantaneous Unit Phase (50/51 GT) Neutral (50/51 GGT) Station Service Transformer Protection Inverse Time Overcurrent Relay with Intantaneous Unit (50/51) Bus Bar Protection Bus Bar Differential Relay (87 B) Bus Bar Differential Check Relay (87B) CT Open Circuit Supervision Relay Bus Sectionalizing and /or Bus Coupler Breaker Protection

Manufacturer

Country of Origin

Type/ Model

Tech. Info. In Section #

a. Inverse Time Overcurrent Relay with/ without Intantaneous Unit Phase (51BT) Neutral (51NBT) 8 Breaker and Protection Circuit Failure Supervision a. Breaker Failure Relay (50 BF) b. DC Supervision Relay Set 1 Set 2 c. Trip Circuit Supervision Relay Set 1 Set 2 d. Trip Coil Supervision Relay Set 1 Set 2 9 Reactor Protection a. Differential Relay b. Restricted Earth Fault Relay c. Inverse Time Overcurrent Relay with/ without Intantaneous Unit Phase (50/51) Neutral (50/51N) 10 Capacitor Bank Protection a. Harmonic Desensitized Instantaneous Overcurrent Relay Phase Set 1 (50P) Phase Set 2 (50S) Neutral Set 1 (50NP) Neutral Set 2 (50NS) b. Short Time Overcurrent Relay Phase Set 1 (51P) Phase Set 2 (51S1) Neutral Set 1 (51NP) Neutral Set 2 (51NS) c. Overcurrent Relay with Harmonic Filter for Mid-point Unbalance Set 1 (59P) Set 2 (59S) Page 2 of 3 Note: 1. Strike-off items which are not applicable to this project. 2. In case different make/type/model of same kind of relays are proposed for different applications list them all.

ANNEX C Contract No. Project Titile: No. d.

e.

f.

11 a. b. c. d. 12 a. b. c. d. e. f. g.

SUMMARY OF PROPOSED PROTECTIVE RELAYS

Description of Equipment/ Material For Neutral Point Unbalance Set 1 (59NP) Set 2 (59NS) Bus Over Voltage Relays Set 1 (59BP) Set 2 (59BS) Bus Under Voltage Relay Set 1 (27BP) Set 2 (27BS) Protection Signalling/Communication Interface Equipment For Distance Protection For Pilot Wire Differential Protection Breaker Failure Scheme For Longitudinal Differential Protection Other Relays Under frequency Relay (81) Lockout Relay (86) Timers (62) Tripping Relay (94) Tripping & Lockout Relay Supervision DC Supply Supervision Relay (74) Test Switches

Manufacturer

Country of Origin

Type/ Model

Tech. Info. In Section #

13 Bidder to Specify and List other Relays and Devices

Page 3 of 3 Note: 1. Strike-off items which are not applicable to this project. 2. In case different make/type/model of same kind of relays are proposed for different applications list them all.

APPENDIX - V LIST OF OPERATIONAL SPARE PARTS

OPERATIONAL SPARE PARTS FOR 380KV UNDERGROUND CABLES DISTRIBUTED TEMPERATURE SENSORS (DTS) VOLTAGE :

TYPE : ________________

MANUFACTURER :_______________‎‎

YEAR OF MANUFACTURE :_____________ (A)

ITEM NO.

ITEM DESCRIPTION

MFR. NAME

PART NO. / SEC REQ. TYPE QTY.

(B)

MFR.REC. QTY. (FOR 10 YRS OPERATION)

10% OF THE ITEM USED

Note The bidder shall offer complete list of manufacturer recommended operational spare parts as required for the DTS

OPERATIONAL SPARE PARTS FOR 380KV UNDERGROUND CABLES

V

CABLING AND TERMINATION TYPE: _________ YEAR OF MANUFACTUR :___________ MANUFACTURER :___________________‎‎

ITEM DESCRIPTION 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

380kV XLPE Power Cable 1000mm² Sheath Voltage limiter(As used) Link Box 380kV SF6/XLPE Termination 380kV Cable joints isolated type 380kV Cable joints straight through type Low voltage coaxial cables 400mm² suitable to connect the link boxes and joints

MFR. NAME

PART NO./ TYPE

(A) SEC REQ. QTY. 80M 25 Nos. 5Nos. 3Nos. 12Nos. 12Nos. 20 M

NOTES: The bidder should submit itemize prices and complete technical data.

The bidder shall omit those items that are not applicable to this equipment and shall recommend required spares instead of the omitted items.

(B) MFR.REC. QTY. (FOR 10 YRS OPERATION)

APPENDIX - VI COMMUNICATION SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS

CERT.

DESCRIPTION

CHK’D

0APP’D

National Grid SA

1

2

3

NO.

SCOPE OF WORK AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

FOR

REVISIONS MAL

DRAWN BY:

DATE:

MAL

CHK’D BY:

CONSTRUCTION OF 380 KV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 ( 9032 ) 380 KV SUBSTATION

APPROVED TE&SA DEPT.

PTS-12CC348

MAL

OPERATING DEPT.

APPENDIX – VI UNDERGROUND FIBER OPTIC CABLE AND DUCTBANK SYSTEM AND LINK REQUIREMENTS FOR COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (OSP/ISP)

CERTIFIED

BY:

OCTOBER 2012

FSM

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED

//CS-0966/REV.0/ 9032-Qassim PP

JOB ORDER NO.

CONSTRUCTION OF 380 KV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 ( 9032 ) 380 KV SUBSTATION

PLANT NO.

C640 RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

INDEX

DRAWING NO.

PTS-12CC348

PAGE NO.

1 OF 17

REV.

0

CERT.

0APP’D

National Grid SA

CHK’D

TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION

DESCRIPTION

1

SCOPE OF WORK

2

1

2

3

NO.

1.01 1.02 1.03 1.04

MAL

DRAWN BY:

DATE:

3

4

APPROVED

OPTICAL FIBERS CABLE FIBER OPTICS JOINT BOXES ( if applicable )

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 3.01

MAL

CHK’D BY:

MATERIALS 2.01 2.03

REVISIONS

COMMUNICATION WORKS OTHER WORKS TO BE DONE BY THE CONTRACTOR REPLACEMENT OF DAMAGE CABLE SPECIFIC SEC STANDARDS & SPECIFICATIONS

FIBER OPTIC CABLE INSTALLATIONS

TESTING AND COMMISSIONING

TE&SA DEPT.

4.01

MAL

ADDITIONAL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS FOR TESTING OF FIBER OPTIC CABLES

OPERATING DEPT.

CERTIFIED

BY:

FSM

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED

//CS-0966/REV.0/ 9032-Qassim PP

JOB ORDER NO.

CONSTRUCTION OF 380 KV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 ( 9032 ) 380 KV SUBSTATION

PLANT NO.

C640 RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

INDEX

DRAWING NO.

PTS-12CC348

PAGE NO.

2 OF 17

REV.

0

CERT.

0APP’D

National Grid SA

CHK’D

SECTION 1- SCOPE OF WORK

DESCRIPTION

1.01 COMMUNICATION WORKS

a. 380kV U/G WORKS BETWEEN S/S 9032 & Qassim Power Plant

1

2

3

NO.

1.

REVISIONS MAL

DRAWN BY:

DATE:

TRANSMISSION LINE WORK (BETWEEN S/S 9032 & Qassim Power Plant)

1.01 CONTRACTOR shall provide, install, test and commission three ( 3 ) 48 cores, Non-Zero Dispersion Shifted (ITU-T G.655) Single-mode Underground Non Metallic Fiber Optic Cable (UGNMFOC) from S/S 9032 to Qassim Power Plant ( up to the existing / proposed optical fiber management rack/ Fiber Splice Termination Panel (OFMR/FSTP) at 380/132/13.8 kV BSP Communication Room at S/S 9032 & Qassim Power Plant via the proposed/Existing Communication Duct bank. Contractor to finalize the FOC length during the Base Design Stage (See Attached Drawing A). Note: Incase the proposed FSTP are unable to be accommodated inside in ANY of the existing OFMR or at ALL site, new OFMR shall be proposed by the CONTRACTOR.

MAL

CHK’D BY:

APPROVED TE&SA DEPT.

MAL

b. COMMUNICATION DUCTBANK & UNDERGROUND FIBER OPTIC CABLING WORK AT 380kV BSP 9032 & Qassim Power Plant ( if the existing Ductbank can to be used to lay the proposed cable) :

a) CONTRACTOR shall construct a new communications ductbank and handhole system at Qassim Power Plant & S/S 9032 Concrete encased ductbank shall be a minimum of 4-way x 110 mm ducts configuration as per SEC standard drawing TB-800079. The 110mm rigid PVC conduit (each) shall be provided with four (4) 32mm diameter rigid HDPE subduct or COMPANY approved equivalent. Spare duct/subduct shall be provided with different color of nylon ropes and end plugs. Connection shall be made watertight. Concrete encased ductbank in all road crossings shall be in accordance with COMPANY construction standard.

OPERATING DEPT.

b) CONTRACTOR shall construct and install Communication Handholes/Manhole, as reference to COMPANY (SEC) Standards drawing numbers TB-800096 (for manhole type-1), TB800076 (for non-traffic areas), TB-800077 (for traffic areas) and TA-80098 for accessories. Handholes/manhole shall be provided with all necessary clamps and fixing hardware to enable coiling the extra length of fiber optic cable.

CERTIFIED

BY:

FSM

c) CONTRACTOR shall provide and install communication cable trays and pull box as required and necessary to completely route the underground fiber optic cable (UGNMFOC) up to the designated location of the optical fiber management rack (OFMR) inside the proposed communication room at existing 380kV 9032 & Qassim Power Plant . d) Concrete encased ductbank shall be a minimum of 2/4/6/12 ducts configuration as per SEC standard drawing. The 110mm ∅ rigid PVC conduit shall be provided with four (4) 32mm diameter rigid HDPE subduct or SEC approved equivalent. Spare duct/subduct shall be provided with different color of nylon ropes and end plugs.

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED

e) Provide and install communication cable trays, splicing/termination panel, optical fiber //CS-0966/REV.0/ 9032-Qassim PP

JOB ORDER NO.

CONSTRUCTION OF 380 KV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 ( 9032 ) 380 KV SUBSTATION

PLANT NO.

C640 RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

INDEX

DRAWING NO.

PTS-12CC348

PAGE NO.

3 OF 17

REV.

0

CERT.

0APP’D

National Grid SA

DESCRIPTION

CHK’D

management rack inside the communication room and a minimum of 5 meters long pigtail cables (FC/PC type connector in one end) and splice one end of the pigtail cable with the underground fiber optic cable.

1

2

3

NO.

C. COMMUNICATION MANHOLE/HANDHOLES

REVISIONS

1. CONTRACTOR shall construct and install Communication Handholes/Manhole, as reference to COMPANY (SEC) Standards drawing numbers TB-800096 (for manhole type-1), TB-800076 (for non-traffic areas), TB-800077 (for traffic areas) and TA-800098 for accessories. Handholes/manhole shall be provided with all necessary clamps and fixing hardware to enable coiling the extra length of fiber optic cable. 2. Manholes/Handholes shall be provided on every, crossing, start and end of duct banks and at every 300 meters (maximum) of continuous run without any change/offset on the ground elevation.

MAL

DRAWN BY:

3. Handhole/manhole located in high water table shall be waterproofed as per COMPANY Standard drawing number TA-800140.

DATE:

MAL

CHK’D BY:

APPROVED TE&SA DEPT.

MAL

4. All interior surfaces of concrete handhole/manhole shall be coated with two (2) coats of elastomeric cementitious impermeable membrane after thirty-five days of concrete placement. The second coat shall be applied within the time interval (between successive coating application) specified by the manufacturer. The total wet film thickness shall not be less than 1 mm (minimum). 5. On Interior Concrete Surfaces: A polymer modified cementitious coating material, when cured, it shall form an elastomeric impermeable membrane: Color

Resistance to Water Surface (DIN 1048) Crack Accommodation (Static & Dynamic) CO2 & Chloride Ion Diffusion Resistance

: First coat white and subsequent coats gray : 1 Mpa : 180 % (1.8 mm crack shall be bridged statically) : 25 kN/m (ASTM D624) : 95 % : 25 Mpa (ASTM D412) : 85-90 (ASTM D2240) : DIN 1048 : ASTM 0648 : not less than 1 Mpa : not less than 60 % : not less than 60 % : not less than 1 : Wet thoroughly the concrete surfaces by water : Positive-7 bar (70m head of water) : Excellent : Excellent

Bond to Damp Concrete

: Excellent

Modulus at Break Ultimate Elongation Tear Resistance Tensile Set Recovery Tensile Strength Shore ‘A’ Hardness Permeability to water vapor Heat Deflection Temperature Bond Strength to Concrete Total Solids by Volume Total Solids by Weight Specific Gravity Priming Coat

OPERATING DEPT.

CERTIFIED

BY:

FSM

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED

6.

Each Fiber Optic handhole/manhole shall be marked by a COMPANY (SEC) approved stainless steel marker plate. The Marker plate shall be located on the handhole collar frame with the following information.

//CS-0966/REV.0/ 9032-Qassim PP

JOB ORDER NO.

CONSTRUCTION OF 380 KV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 ( 9032 ) 380 KV SUBSTATION

PLANT NO.

C640 RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

INDEX

DRAWING NO.

PTS-12CC348

PAGE NO.

4 OF 17

REV.

0

CERT. CHK’D

0APP’D

National Grid SA

SEC FIBER OPTIC TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM

DESCRIPTION

MANHOLE/HANDHOLE NO. CONTRACT NO. JOINT BOX NO. LINK DESTINATION CABLE TYPE/ NO. OF CORES CABLE MANUFACTURER INSTALLATION YEAR

: : : : : : :

1

2

3

NO.

D. SUBDUCTS 1. Subducts (or equivalent) on straight run installed in the underground duct-bank shall be rigid and must have 32 mm outside diameter and made from HDPE piping compound, its inner wall must be smooth and its pulling length must not exceed 450 meters. It must comply with industry standard ASTM-F-2160, with TRUE-9 – "1 inch Trade size".

REVISIONS MAL

DRAWN BY:

DATE:

2. Subduct (or equivalent) on handholes and inside the building shall be corrugated, flexible and fire retardant (2 hours UL fire rating) with 25 mm outside diameter. Sub-ducts installation shall be in accordance with TCS-T-111.05. Nylon pull ropes ¼ inch diameter (of different color) shall be provided and installed in all vacant duct and subducts.

MAL

CHK’D BY:

APPROVED TE&SA DEPT.

3. CONTRACTOR shall submit sample of the 25mm corrugated, flexible and 32mm outside diameter rigid HDPE subducts for COMPANY review and acceptance.

MAL

4. HDPE couplers and accessories shall be as per industry standard ASTM-F-2176. E.

Communication pull box shall be NEMA standard type-4X with 500 mm (H) x 400 mm (W) x 200 mm (D) minimum (unless otherwise specified) and shall be of stainless steel type 304 sheets with opening type cover and shall be marked “COMMUNICATION PULL BOX” with number at the cover. All communications pull box mounted/installed inside and outside the building shall be grounded with a minimum 70mm2 grounding cable with green/yellow insulation. Grounding wire shall be connected to the power plant and substation grounding grid.

OPERATING DEPT.

CERTIFIED

BY:

COMMUNICATION PULL BOX

F.

COMMUNICATION CABLE TRAY/LADDER

FSM

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED

1.

CONTRACTOR shall supply and install a 12 inches wide telecommunication cable tray with accessories for Fiber Optic Cable installation and shall be supplied and installed inside communication room/area of the building. Electrical cable trays will not be an acceptable substitute for communication cable tray/ladder.

2.

Cable trays and cable ladders shall be primarily constructed of 1.65mm wall rectangular tubing in high strength alloy, with minimum field strength of 50,000 psi and Cross members with minimum width span of 300mm and shall be welded at 300mm (rung) intervals each along the over-all section/length of the cable tray/ladder. Each over-all section/length shall be finished with telephone gray baked enamel.

3.

New cable tray/ladder shall be used to route the proposed U/G non-metallic fiber optic cable inside COMPANY approved subduct up to the communication room. CONTRACTOR to install

//CS-0966/REV.0/ 9032-Qassim PP

JOB ORDER NO.

CONSTRUCTION OF 380 KV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 ( 9032 ) 380 KV SUBSTATION

PLANT NO.

C640 RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

INDEX

DRAWING NO.

PTS-12CC348

PAGE NO.

5 OF 17

REV.

0

CERT.

0APP’D

National Grid SA

CHK’D

new cable trays/ladders to route the fiber optic cables inside the Substations, where COMPANY requires it. 4.

DESCRIPTION

G. OPTICAL FIBER MANAGEMENT RACK

1

2

3

NO.

At sites where Fiber Optic Splice/Termination Panel is specified, the following technical specifications should be met:

REVISIONS

The Fiber Optics Cable Management rack shall be designed to utilize a standard EIA (Electronic Industries Association) 19 Inch rack which will be suitable for mounting splice cassette/splice organizer modules, as well as modules which will terminate fiber optics pigtail and fiber optics patch cable. Each standard EIA 19 inch rack shall be of a height which is consistent with the overall equipment installation at the site (either 2.0 meters, or 2.1 meters high, depending on the installation).

MAL

DRAWN BY:

DATE:

MAL

CHK’D BY:

APPROVED TE&SA DEPT.

MAL

OPERATING DEPT.

CERTIFIED

BY:

CONTRACTOR shall evaluate and determine the exact quantity required for each site, as part of his Base design and Detail engineering for the project.

FSM

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED

As part of the design of the Fiber Optic Cable management Rack, enclosures will be provided for the housing of splice organizer/splice cassette trays, used to splice incoming fiber optics cable (indoor cable, or underground fiber optics cable) with fiber optics pigtail cables. The enclosure used for this purpose may be either a “pull-out” type design (where a technician will pull out the associated tray of the enclosure from the front access, exposing the inner fiber optics joints), or may be a “swing frame” design (with a left-hand hinge, and a handle on the right side) to allow the access for the splice organizer/splice cassette tray, by “swinging out” the enclosure from the right side handle. Splice organizer trays used in this enclosure shall be sized to hold the splice organizer/splice cassette tray shall be designed with sufficient space, and coiling supports to provide storage of a minimum of five (5) meters of excess fiber optics pigtail cable (48 pigtails). As part of the design of the Fiber Optic Cable Management Rack, enclosures will be provided for the housing of fiber optics termination connections (FC/PC barrel, or bulkhead connectors) used to interconnect fiber optics pigtail cords with Fiber Optic Patch Cable. Depending on the size of the installation, the enclosures used to house fiber optics termination connections will contain 48 FC/PC connections. The enclosure used for this purpose may be either a “pull-out” type design (where a technician will pull out the associated tray of the enclosure from the front access, exposing the connections between the fiber optics pigtail cables with the fiber optics patch cables), or may be a “swing frame” design (with a left-hand hinge, and a handle on the right side) to allow the access to the interconnection between the fiber optics pigtail cable, and fiber optics patch cable, by “swinging out” the enclosure from the right side handle. Also, the enclosure used to hold the splice organizer/splice cassette tray shall be designed with sufficient space, and coiling supports to provide storage of a minimum of five (5) meters of excess fiber optics pigtail cable (for 36 core fiber connection termination enclosure), and a minimum of five meters of excess fiber optics patch cable (for 48 fiber optics patch cables). FC/PC Fiber Optic Barrel, or Bulkhead connectors used shall allow for no greater than a 1.0dB/per connection loss, when the connection is used, and shall be designed for use with Single Mode Fiber Optics Cable. Also, as part of the design/construction of the Fiber Optics Cable Management Rack, all accessories required to orderly route incoming underground fiber optic cable, indoor fiber optics cable, as well as fiber optics pigtail cable, and fiber optics patch cable shall be provided. These may include items such as “D” channels, incoming flexible sub-duct, mounting supports (for incoming fiber optics cable), buffer tubes for fiber optics cores (in the enclosure used for splicing), brackets/guides to route fiber optics pigtail/patch cable between portions of the Fiber Optics Cable Management Rack, and other accessories which are required as part of the equipment manufacture’s design/construction of the Fiber Optics Cable Management Rack.

//CS-0966/REV.0/ 9032-Qassim PP

JOB ORDER NO.

CONSTRUCTION OF 380 KV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 ( 9032 ) 380 KV SUBSTATION

PLANT NO.

C640 RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

INDEX

DRAWING NO.

PTS-12CC348

PAGE NO.

6 OF 17

REV.

0

CERT.

0APP’D

National Grid SA

CHK’D

If the Fiber Optics Cable Management Rack is exclusively used for patching and termination of fiber optics pigtail cable, and fiber optics patch cable, the Fiber Optics Cable Management Rack shall allow for the termination of a minimum of 108 fibers.

DESCRIPTION

Also the Fiber Optics Cable Management Rack shall be provided with required dust proof covers (to prevent fiber optics splices from dust entry) and identification Tags/Labels to identify all incoming fiber optics cables to the cable Management Rack. Prior to the CONTRACTOR supply of the Fiber Optics Cable Management Rack to the COMPANY, the CONTRACTOR shall provide full colored brochures, and equipment specifications for COMPANY review and approval.

1

2

3

NO.

1.02 OTHER WORKS TO BE DONE BY THE CONTRACTOR

REVISIONS MAL

DRAWN BY:

DATE:

MAL

CHK’D BY:

APPROVED TE&SA DEPT.

MAL

A. CONTRACTOR shall field verify and determine the exact quantity of all required and necessary telecommunication civil works (manhole, handhole, cable trays/ladders, pull boxes, conduit risers, grounding & bonding cables and rigid/flexible ducts or sub-ducts) and termination of all cables from the cabinet up to the Main/Intermediate Distribution Frame (MDF/IDF), as part of his Base design and Detailed engineering for the project to completely satisfy the requirements specified in the scope of work. B.

In case the Bidder/Contractor feel that a pre-bid site survey is necessary in order for the Bidder/Contractor to satisfy himself for all information the Bidder required in preparing the bid documents. The Bidder shall request in writing and submit to COMPANY representative to schedule and arrange for a group site visit with all bidders. Otherwise, COMPANY (SEC) will assumed that Bidder/Contractor fully understand the Communication SOW/TS requirements of the PTS covering SEC Fiber Optic Systems and interconnection with other telecommunication systems of the COMPANY.

C. End to End testing of the complete fiber optic cables (U/G to OFMR) after all installations and splicing are completed. OPERATING DEPT.

CERTIFIED

BY:

FSM

D. CONTRACTOR shall plan & execute the WORK such that the communication outages required to the existing transmission lines are minimized to the extent possible. A detailed plan for the execution of WORK shall be submitted in the Base design stage for COMPANY (SEC) review and approval. E. Copies of existing Substation drawings and other information as deemed appropriate by the COMPANY may be provided to the CONTRACTOR upon request, if available. However, if such information is not available, then the CONTRACTOR should be responsible for the independent development of the information required to complete the Base design & Detail drawings as specified for the PROJECT. 1.03 REPLACEMENT OF DAMAGED CABLES

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED

A. If during any testing of the fiber optics cable there was damage or defects found, CONTRACTOR shall be required to replace the entire drum section of the fiber optic cable at NO additional cost to the COMPANY, and without impact on the overall project schedule. B. The final installation, to be provided by the CONTRACTOR, shall be safe, functional and reliable in accordance with the latest Engineering practices. End to end testing of the complete fiber optic cable after all splicing are completed. //CS-0966/REV.0/ 9032-Qassim PP

JOB ORDER NO.

CONSTRUCTION OF 380 KV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 ( 9032 ) 380 KV SUBSTATION

PLANT NO.

C640 RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

INDEX

DRAWING NO.

PTS-12CC348

PAGE NO.

7 OF 17

REV.

0

CERT.

0APP’D

National Grid SA

CHK’D

1.04 SPECIFIC SEC STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS

DESCRIPTION

A. SEC MATERIAL STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS

01-TMSS-01

General Requirements for All Equipment/Materials

48-TMSS-02R.1

Non-Metallic Fiber Optic Cable (NFOC)

23-TMSS-01

PVC conduits & fittings for underground Cables

23-TMSS-02

Duct sealing units

1

2

3

NO.

B. SEC ENGINEERING & CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS REVISIONS MAL

DRAWN BY:

SES-T-011

Symbols, Communications

TCS-T-111.06

Optical Fiber Cables Splicing

TCS-T-557.10

Optical Fiber Cables Testing/Acceptance

TCS-T-111.08

Underground Installation of Optical Fiber Cables

TCS-T-111.11

Design and Installation of Communication Conduit and Manhole System

TCS-T-111.02

Underground Cable Conduit Sealing

DATE:

MAL

CHK’D BY:

APPROVED TE&SA DEPT.

MAL

C. SEC ENGINEERING AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS

OPERATING DEPT.

CERTIFIED

BY:

FSM

SES-T-011

Symbols, Communications

TCS-T-111.11

Design & Installation of U/G communications conduit & manhole systems

TCS-T-557.10

Optical Fiber Cables Testing/Acceptance

TCS-T-111.08

Underground Installation of Optical Fiber Cables

TCS-T-111.02

Underground Cable Conduit Sealing

TES-T-111.02

Communication Facility grounding

D. SEC STANDARD DRAWINGS (Latest revision shall prevail)

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED

SEEDS-II R.1

Preparing, Processing, & Managing Transmission For Contractor

TA-800098

Manhole/Handhole Accessories for Communication (sht. 1 & 2)

TA-800140

Handhole/Manhole Water Proofing Installation

//CS-0966/REV.0/ 9032-Qassim PP

JOB ORDER NO.

CONSTRUCTION OF 380 KV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 ( 9032 ) 380 KV SUBSTATION

PLANT NO.

C640 RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

INDEX

DRAWING NO.

PTS-12CC348

PAGE NO.

8 OF 17

REV.

0

CERT.

TA-800094

Typical Duct Splaying Layout for Manhole (Service Hole and Hanhole) Entry.

TA-800096

Service Manhole Type-1

TA-800078

Typical Detail of Conduit Mounting on the Gantry Structure for NonMetallic Fiber Optic Cables

TB-800069

Standard Trench Detail Joint Communication & Power Cables

TB-800077

Standard Pre-Cast Handhole for Communication for Traffic Areas

TB-800076

Standard Pre-Cast Handhole for Communication for Non-Traffic Areas (Latest Revision)

TES-T-111.02

Communication Facility Grounding

TB-800079

PVC Conduit Installation Concrete Encased (Vital)

1

2

3

NO.

DESCRIPTION

CHK’D

0APP’D

National Grid SA

REVISIONS MAL

DRAWN BY:

DATE:

MAL

CHK’D BY:

APPROVED TE&SA DEPT.

MAL

**** END OF SECTION 1 ****

OPERATING DEPT.

CERTIFIED

BY:

FSM

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED

//CS-0966/REV.0/ 9032-Qassim PP

JOB ORDER NO.

CONSTRUCTION OF 380 KV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 ( 9032 ) 380 KV SUBSTATION

PLANT NO.

C640 RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

INDEX

DRAWING NO.

PTS-12CC348

PAGE NO.

9 OF 17

REV.

0

CERT.

0APP’D

National Grid SA

CHK’D

SECTION 2- MATERIALS 2.01 OPTICAL FIBER CABLES UNDERGROUND NON-METALLIC FIBER OPTIC CABLE (UGNMFOC) 1.

Non-Metallic Underground Optical Fiber Cable shall meet all the requirements and latest revision of COMPANY Material Standard Specifications 48-TMSS-02.

2.

CONTRACTOR shall submit his proposal along with Technical Specification and representative sample of the cable to the COMPANY (SEC) for review and approval prior to manufacturing the cable.

3.

All types of the Optical Fiber Cables shall be compatible with each other. CONTRACTOR and the cable manufacturer shall guarantee that the Fibers of each Cable Drum supplied to the COMPANY have matching parameters to enable good optical splices within COMPANY specified maximum allowable optical splice loss limit.

4.

Color-coding and grouping of the fiber optic cores and tubes/binders shall be as per COMPANY Material Standard Specification 48-TMSS-02 latest revision.

1

2

3

NO.

DESCRIPTION

A.

REVISIONS MAL

DRAWN BY:

DATE:

MAL

CHK’D BY:

2.02 FIBER OPTICS JOINT BOXES ( if applicable ) APPROVED TE&SA DEPT.

MAL

A.

UNDERGROUND TYPE 4-WAY JOINT BOX (OPGW – UGNFOC)

This type of Joint Box will be used, as necessary & as required by COMPANY in locations such as Gantry or Terminal Compound and Underground Handholes/Manholes (where CONTRACTOR will route underground cable) where cables Optical Fiber Ground Wire (OPGW) and Underground Fiber Optics cables (UGNFOC) will be joined. Notes applicable to all Joint Boxes – Splicing, Tagging & Labeling

OPERATING DEPT.

All splice cassettes/trays shall be supplied and installed inside this type of joint box, as well as all other accessories for splicing the fiber optics cables. The take-off structure type, Underground type & Mid-Span type Joint Box shall have a grounding connection for tying the box to an external ground. During the installation of all Joint Boxes – Tags/labels shall be provided for each joint box, which shall contain the following information. SEC FIBER OPTIC TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM

CERTIFIED

BY:

FSM

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED

CONTRACT NO. CMH/CHH NO./STRUCTURE NO JOINT BOX NO. LINK DESTINATION CABLE TYPE/ NO. OF CORES CABLE MANUFACTURER INSTALLATION YEAR

: : : : : : :

For outdoor type Joint Boxes, the tagging/labeling shall be provided and installed on a permanently affixed COMPANY approved stainless steel tag whose size, lettering, and location shall be easily readable from personnel on the ground, and shall use embossed letters to allow for ease of reading. For underground type joint boxes (as required by COMPANY), the tagging/labeling shall be //CS-0966/REV.0/ 9032-Qassim PP

JOB ORDER NO.

CONSTRUCTION OF 380 KV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 ( 9032 ) 380 KV SUBSTATION

PLANT NO.

C640 RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

INDEX

DRAWING NO.

PTS-12CC348

PAGE NO.

10 OF 17

REV.

0

CERT.

0APP’D

National Grid SA

CHK’D

provided and installed on a permanently affixed COMPANY approved stainless steel tag, or plastic tag whose size, lettering, and location shall be easily readable from personnel on the ground, and shall use embossed letters to allow for ease of reading.

DESCRIPTION

For all joint box tags, a sample of each tag shall be submitted for COMPANY review and comment before manufacture of each tag. Other Notes applicable to all Joint Boxes

1

2

3

NO.

As a part of submittals provided by the CONTRACTOR, type test data and materials brochures shall be supplied by clearly identifying the type of fiber optics joint boxes, which are to be supplied. This data shall include (but not be limited to the following):

REVISIONS MAL

DRAWN BY:

DATE:

a. b. c. d. e. f. g.

MAL

CHK’D BY:

APPROVED TE&SA DEPT.

MAL

Crush Resistance, static load Impact Resistance, chemical resistance test Dimensions and mounting details of the Joint Box Inside dimensions, and details for mounting of all accessories Water tightness and temperature cycling test of the Joint Box Grounding Details of the Joint Box Accessories list, including details of splice cassettes, and trays, mounting hardware and accommodate looping of excess fiber optics cable

Each Fiber Optics Joint Box which is to be supplied shall be able to coil an additional 10 meters of fiber optic cores inside the joint box, other than the fiber optics cores which are to be contained inside the Splice Cassette tray. The box shall be designed with retainers to allow for coiling of these excess fiber optics cores. The Joint Box shall consist of the following components:

OPERATING DEPT.

a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h.

The joint box shall provide environmental and mechanical protection to the fiber optic splices, and unused cable entry ports shall be sealed to allow for future use. The metallic parts shall be resistant against general causes (i.e. stress, corrosion, pitting, etc). Dissimilar metals when used to support the boxes shall not cause galvanic corrosion effects on the closure body.

CERTIFIED

BY:

Gasket (Seal) Hinged or Bolted down Optical Fiber Splice kit Mounting Hardware Tray for Splice (Organizer) to hold a maximum six (6) splices per tray and 2 meters long of each fiber Accessories required to produce and protect permanent joint Fiber Protection Sleeves (minimum 48) Each joint box shall be capable of being hermetically re-sealed each time it is opened

FSM

**** END OF SECTION 2 ****

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED

//CS-0966/REV.0/ 9032-Qassim PP

JOB ORDER NO.

CONSTRUCTION OF 380 KV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 ( 9032 ) 380 KV SUBSTATION

PLANT NO.

C640 RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

INDEX

DRAWING NO.

PTS-12CC348

PAGE NO.

11 OF 17

REV.

0

CERT.

0APP’D

National Grid SA

CHK’D

SECTION 3- TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 3.01 FIBER OPTIC CABLE INSTALLATIONS

1.

CONTRACTOR shall provide the COMPANY complete description/specification/data and representative samples of all types of the cables for COMPANY review and approval prior to manufacturing the cables.

2.

The total length of the cables shall be determined by taking into consideration sag, number of joint boxes, extra length of cable coiled on the transmission line structure, communication room and at each joint box location inside the manholes/hand holes, etc.

3.

CONTRACTOR shall optimize the cable reel lengths in order to minimize the cable splices.

4.

CONTRACTOR and cable manufacturer shall ensure that fibers of all cable drums have matching parameters so that the optical splices are within allowable splice loss limit.

5.

The fibers of all optical fiber cables shall be compatible with each other.

1

2

3

NO.

DESCRIPTION

A. General Requirements for Both Types of Fiber Optic Cables:

REVISIONS MAL

DRAWN BY:

DATE:

MAL

CHK’D BY:

APPROVED TE&SA DEPT.

MAL

OPERATING DEPT.

B. Underground Non Metallic Fiber Optic Cable (UGNMFOC):

1. The UGNFOC shall be installed independently inside a rigid subducts in dedicated duct banks and corrugated, flexible and fire-rated subducts inside the communication room, handholes/manholes and routed up to the communication room in accordance with the COMPANY Construction Standard TCS-T-111.08. The UGNFOC shall be coiled (minimum of 25 meters) near the communication equipment inside the communication room in accordance with the COMPANY Communication Standard requirements and shall meet all the requirements of COMPANY Materials Specification 48-TMSS-02 and cable Manufacturer recommendations. 2. Sufficient extra length (at least 15 meters) of the UGNMFOC shall be securely and carefully coiled inside the start/end manholes & handholes for future splice requirements. All other locations of handholes shall be provided with an extra two coils of at least 5 meters of UGNMFOC.

CERTIFIED

BY:

FSM

3. The cables shall be supplied with approved end seals (waterproof), which shall not be removed until immediately prior to Optic jointing. CONTRACTOR shall field verify on site to determine/measure the length of Fiber Optic Cables that are required in this project before any cutting or pulling of cables to be done. 4. All necessary and required telecommunication cable trays, cable ladders, raceways, pipes, conduits and all accessories shall be provided and installed by CONTACTOR to route the optical fiber cable and other communication cables from their designated ends up to the location of communication equipment.

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED

5. Also, the part of the optical fiber cable inside the substation shall be installed far enough from power cables in order to avoid any risk of being damaged due to power faults and shall enter directly to telecommunication room without passing through substation basement.

//CS-0966/REV.0/ 9032-Qassim PP

JOB ORDER NO.

CONSTRUCTION OF 380 KV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 ( 9032 ) 380 KV SUBSTATION

PLANT NO.

C640 RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

INDEX

DRAWING NO.

PTS-12CC348

PAGE NO.

12 OF 17

REV.

0

CERT. CHK’D

0APP’D

National Grid SA 3.02 INSTALLATION OF FIBER OPTIC JOINT BOXES ( if applicable ) A. Optical Fiber Cable Joint Boxes

DESCRIPTION

1.

OPGW-UGNMFOC (4 ways)

1

2

3

NO.

At Substation Gantry structure, the joint boxes shall be installed in accordance with COMPANY Standard drawing TA-800078 at a height of 3 meters above ground level. A liquid tight PVC coated flexible metal conduit (25mm Ø) shall be installed between the joint box cable entry and the 50mm Ø PVC coated steel conduit. The conduit shall be sealed at both ends. 2.

REVISIONS MAL

DRAWN BY:

DATE:

Use “weather tight connectors” connecting the flexible metal conduit with the optical fiber joint box and with the galvanized steel pipe (GSP). CONTRACTOR shall submit details including colored brochures of the recommended joint boxes for COMPANY approval. CONTRACTOR shall not procure any joint box until reviewed and approved by the COMPANY.

B. Fiber Optics Splicing Requirements MAL

CHK’D BY:

APPROVED

1.

All splices shall be done by qualified and experienced optical fiber cable splices. CONTRACTOR shall submit qualification documents of the proposed optical cable splicer for COMPANY review and approval.

2.

All splices shall be fusion type using splicing machine with built-in estimated splice loss measurement and video recording capabilities.

3.

Optical attenuation of fiber splices estimated by the Fusion Splice Machine shall not exceed 0.05 dB per splice.

4.

All optical fiber cable splice shall be measured from both ends using Optical Time Domain Reflectometer (OTDR) and Optical Test Sets. Splice loss measurements carried-out on both directions and average the values shall not exceed the COMPANY splice loss limit of 0.05dB.

5.

All optical fiber splicing and testing activities shall be in accordance with COMPANY Standards TCS-T-111.06 and TCS-T-111.10. All equipment shall be calibrated. Calibration certificates must be submitted to the COMPANY for review and acceptance prior to splicing and testing activities.

6.

All splicing activities shall be done in the presence of the COMPANY representative. When witnessing of the splicing activities by the COMPANY representative is not possible, the COMPANY at its option may allow the CONTRACTOR to proceed with the splicing, provided that the whole activities are recorded on video tape and submitted to the COMPANY, along with the tabulated results, review and acceptance. CONTRACTOR shall provide the video machine and videotapes.

TE&SA DEPT.

MAL

OPERATING DEPT.

CERTIFIED

BY:

FSM

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED

**** END OF SECTION 3 ****

//CS-0966/REV.0/ 9032-Qassim PP

JOB ORDER NO.

CONSTRUCTION OF 380 KV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 ( 9032 ) 380 KV SUBSTATION

PLANT NO.

C640 RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

INDEX

DRAWING NO.

PTS-12CC348

PAGE NO.

13 OF 17

REV.

0

CERT.

0APP’D

National Grid SA

CHK’D

SECTION 4- TESTING AND COMMISSIONING 4.01 ADDITIONAL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS FOR TESTING OF FIBER OPTIC CABLES

DESCRIPTION

A. Factory Test of Fiber Optic Cables:

REVISIONS MAL

DRAWN BY:

The factory tests shall confirm the following: a)

All materials satisfy the requirements of this specification and all further requirements to guarantee a complete working system.

b)

All materials meet the performance requirements under the local ambient conditions given in this specification.

1

2

3

NO.

1.

2.

COMPANY or its designated representative may witness any or all factory tests performed.

3.

All fiber optic cables are required to be subjected to factory tests as per the following procedure:

DATE:

a)

A minimum of one-month notice shall be given by the CONTRACTOR of his readiness to start the factory tests.

b)

The Factory and Inspection and Test of the OPGW and non-metallic fiber optic cables shall be conducted as per the following program:

MAL

CHK’D BY:

APPROVED TE&SA DEPT.

MAL

i)

The test shall be based on the guidelines mentioned in COMPANY Material Standard Specification 48-TMSS-02 latest revision in accordance with the test procedures and test standards referred to in the standard. The Inspector of the Independent Inspection Agency (IIA) shall review test data of the source fibers (from the manufacturers). All test results of the finished cables shall be reviewed by the Inspector of the IIA to verify compliance with the requirements of this project. Additionally, specific tests shall be repeated in the presence of the IIA Inspector.

ii)

The following routine tests for the completed fiber optics cable shall be witnessed by the COMPANY approved Independent (Third Party) Inspection Agency:

OPERATING DEPT.

1)

Optical Attenuation Test at 1310nm/1550nm/ (and 1383 nm for G.652.D and 1625nm for G.655) (by OTDR) - 100 percent of supplied cable for Non-Zero Dispersion Shifted (NZDSF) and Low Water Peak Dispersion Unshifted (DUSMF) (ITU-T G.655 and ITU-T-G.652.D) Fiber.

2)

Fiber Point Defects Test at 1310nm/1550nm/ (and 1383 nm for G.652.D and 1625nm for G.655) (by OTDR) - 100 percent of supplied cable for Non-Zero Dispersion Shifted (NZDSF) and Low Water Peak Dispersion Unshifted (DUSMF) (ITU-T G.655 and ITU-T-G.652.D) Fiber.

3)

Chromatic Dispersion Test (CD) – 100 percent of supplied cable for NonZero Dispersion shifted (ITU-T G.655) Fiber and 20 percent of supplied Low Water Peak Dispersion Unshifted (ITU-T-652.D) Fiber randomly chosen by Third Party Inspector.

4)

Polarization Modal Dispersion Test (PMD) – 100 percent of supplied cable for Non-Zero Dispersion Shifted (ITU-T G.655) Fiber and 20 percent of

CERTIFIED

BY:

FSM

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED

//CS-0966/REV.0/ 9032-Qassim PP

JOB ORDER NO.

CONSTRUCTION OF 380 KV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 ( 9032 ) 380 KV SUBSTATION

PLANT NO.

C640 RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

INDEX

DRAWING NO.

PTS-12CC348

PAGE NO.

14 OF 17

REV.

0

CERT.

0APP’D

National Grid SA

CHK’D

supplied Low Water Peak Dispersion Unshifted (ITU-T-652.D) Fiber randomly chosen by Third Party Inspector.

DESCRIPTION

5)

The following information shall be included on each Test Results/Data sheet pertaining to the test witnessed by of data sheets reviewed by the Independent (Third Party) Inspection Agency Inspector: a) b)

d) e)

1

2

3

NO.

c)

REVISIONS MAL

DRAWN BY:

DATE:

6) MAL

CHK’D BY:

APPROVED TE&SA DEPT.

Upon successful completion of all tests, the original and three (3) copies of the formal Inspection report/certificate containing the following documents as attachments, (with the attachments indicated as “Annexure to Inspection certificate/report No.”) shall be sent directly to the COMPANY for review: a)

MAL

b) c) d) OPERATING DEPT.

CERTIFIED

BY:

FSM

Name and signature of the manufacturer’s QA/QC person. Name and Official Stamp of the Independent (Third Party) Inspection Agency Inspector. Name and signature of the Inspector along with the following information. Date of witnessing/reviewing of the routine Tests/tests Data Sheets. For tests witnessed by the Independent (Third Party) Inspector, the words “Witnessed by (Name of Inspector)” for each test witnessed. For Tests Results/Data reviewed by the Independent (Third Party) Inspector, the words “Reviewed by (Name of Inspector)” for each tests result reviewed.

Fiber and Cable Manufacturer’s Test Data Sheets reviewed by the IIA Inspector. Results of Attenuation tests witnessed by the IIA Inspector. Results of the fiber chromatic Dispersion test witnessed by the IIA Inspector. OTDR traces of attenuation and fiber Point defect witnessed by the IIA Inspector.

7)

References should be made in the Inspection Certificate/report of the tests witnessed and Test Data Sheets reviewed as part of the inspection activities.

8)

All documents attached with the report shall bear the IIA Inspection certificate/Report No. with which these are attached.

9)

A copy of the report and all attachments shall be sent to the CONTRACTOR, which shall be retained by the CONTRACTOR throughout the warranty period.

10) The manufacturer shall export pack all the cables for shipment after the Test Report is reviewed and accepted by the COMPANY. B. Field Test of Fiber Optic Cables:

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED

CONTRACTOR shall perform the optical fiber tests using 1310/1550/(and 1383 nm for G.652.D and 1625nm for G.655) Optical Fiber Time Domain Reflectometer (OTDR) Optical Light sources and optical power meters as necessary, to measure and document the optical fiber attenuations at 1310/1550/ (and 1383 nm for G.652.D and 1625nm for G.655) wavelengths. Each Optical Fiber connection loss (e.g., pigtail to jumper cable) shall be less than 1.0dB per connection. //CS-0966/REV.0/ 9032-Qassim PP

JOB ORDER NO.

CONSTRUCTION OF 380 KV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 ( 9032 ) 380 KV SUBSTATION

PLANT NO.

C640 RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

INDEX

DRAWING NO.

PTS-12CC348

PAGE NO.

15 OF 17

REV.

0

CERT.

0APP’D

National Grid SA

CHK’D

1.

Pre-Installation (Drum) Test CONTRACTOR shall test the Communications Cables on the drums/Reels prior to installation to confirm that the cable was not damaged during shipment. Attenuation and Fiber Point’s Defects tests shall be performed at this stage by OTDR.

DESCRIPTION

2.

Post Installation Test With each cable length in its final installed condition with all clamps and other accessories attached, CONTRACTOR shall test the Communications Cable for Attenuation and Fiber Point’s Defects tests at this stage by OTDR.

REVISIONS MAL

DRAWN BY:

DATE:

MAL

CHK’D BY:

APPROVED

Witnessing Fiber Optics Splicing COMPANY Representative shall witness all Fiber Optic splicing activity performed by the CONTRACTOR. In cases where COMPANY Representative cannot directly witness the Fiber Optic cable splicing activity, COMPANY at its option will require CONTRACTOR to provide a “Videotaped” record (from the Video output of the CONTRACTOR splicing machine recorded on VHS Videotape) for later review and decision by the COMPANY communication personnel for each videotaped splicing record. CONTRACTOR shall provide a viewing guide, which contains an accurate representation at splices contained on the Videotape.

1

2

3

NO.

3.

4.

End-to-End Test After completion of all Communications Cable splicing and mounting of all joint housings and termination in their final positions, End-to-End (continuity) Test shall be done by CONTRACTOR. Attenuation and fiber points defects tests shall be performed at this stage by OTDR (form both ends of the cable) as well as End-to-End loss characteristics verified by Optical Light Source and Power Meter at 1310/1550/(and 1383 nm for G.652.D and 1625nm for G.655) wavelengths. Polarization Modal Dispersion (PMD) Test and Chromatic Dispersion (CD) Test of the completed/installed fiber optic cables (both Non-Zero Dispersion Shifted (ITU-T G.655) and Low Water Peak Dispersion Unshifted Single Mode Fiber (ITU-T-652.D)) shall be performed by the Contractor.

TE&SA DEPT.

MAL

OPERATING DEPT.

5.

The commissioning and site testing shall be done in strict compliance with the COMPANY WORK schedules as much as possible. If any of the three (3) stages the test results for any fiber that do not comply with the COMPANY requirements or the approved factory field test results, then the CONTRACTOR shall replace the relevant drum section of the cable at no additional cost to the COMPANY and without impact on the overall project schedule.

CERTIFIED

C. Preparation for Acceptance Test and Inspection BY:

FSM

CONTRACTOR shall complete all mechanical WORKS, pre-electrical/communication test and pre-final documentation consisting of marked-up construction drawings, pre-commissioning test results, and system and equipment manuals before inviting COMPANY representatives for commissioning tests and inspection. D. Scheduling Commissioning Tests and Inspection

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED

1.

All testing and commissioning activities shall be coordinated with and witnessed by the COMPANY representative.

2.

CONTRACTOR's invitation to the COMPANY to witness commissioning tests and inspection shall be made fourteen (14) days in advance accompanied by: a.

Marked-up Construction Drawings

//CS-0966/REV.0/ 9032-Qassim PP

JOB ORDER NO.

CONSTRUCTION OF 380 KV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 ( 9032 ) 380 KV SUBSTATION

PLANT NO.

C640 RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

INDEX

DRAWING NO.

PTS-12CC348

PAGE NO.

16 OF 17

REV.

0

CERT.

0APP’D

National Grid SA

CHK’D

b. c.

Pre-Commissioning Test Results System/equipment Manuals

E. Test and Inspection Checklist

DESCRIPTION

CONTRACTOR shall obtain from the COMPANY a communication checklist of acceptance tests and inspection covering documentation, mechanical, and inventory and tests requirements for PROJECT acceptance. (For Fiber Optic Cable, the COMPANY's "Fiber Optic Cable Acceptance Test and Inspection Checklist, FOC-TIC-001" form shall be used).

1

2

3

NO.

F.

REVISIONS MAL

DRAWN BY:

DATE:

MAL

CHK’D BY:

APPROVED TE&SA DEPT.

MAL

OPERATING DEPT.

CERTIFIED

BY:

Calibration of Test Equipment

All test equipment to be used in the acceptance tests shall be calibrated to standards traceable to the National Bureau of Standards. Calibration certificates shall be submitted to the COMPANY for review and acceptance. G. Correction of Discrepancies

A re-inspection and re-test to be witnessed by the COMPANY representative is required to clear the CONTRACTOR of any discrepancy found during the commissioning test and inspection. A re-test and re-inspection of related parameters shall also be conducted to ensure that these are not affected by aforementioned discrepancy. H. Order of Acceptance Test and Inspection Related Activities

Various stages of acceptance test and inspection shall be performed according to the following order: 1.

Scheduling of test and inspection by the CONTRACTOR, the date to be agreed upon by both COMPANY and CONTRACTOR and submission by the CONTRACTOR and approval by the COMPANY of documents mentioned above.

2.

Validation of marked-up construction drawing (done throughout the test and inspection process).

3.

Inventory and mechanical inspection of installed equipment.

4.

Verification of validity of test equipment to be used in the test.

5.

Performance and/or functional tests after stage 4 is complied with and any service affecting discrepancy found in stage 3 above is corrected. Unavailability of documents essential in the safe energization, operation and trouble shooting of the installation is considered service-affecting discrepancy.

6.

Signing of Technical Completion of the Project after all stated stages are complied with and accepted.

7.

Trial period of one (1) month after clearing all outstanding discrepancies and acceptance of the final test results.

8.

Signing of Preliminary Acceptance of the Project after successful completion of the trial period.

FSM

*** END OF SECTION 4 *** THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED

//CS-0966/REV.0/ 9032-Qassim PP

JOB ORDER NO.

CONSTRUCTION OF 380 KV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 ( 9032 ) 380 KV SUBSTATION

PLANT NO.

C640 RIYADH

SAUDI ARABIA

INDEX

DRAWING NO.

PTS-12CC348

PAGE NO.

17 OF 17

REV.

0

LEGEND U/G Fiber Optic Cable (Proposed)

OFMR/FSTP

OFMR/FSTP ( Proposed)

OFMR : Optical Fiber Management Rack FSTP : Fiber Splice Termination Panel

Qassim Power Plant

S/S 9032

Approx. Route Length = 1 KM

OFMR/FSTP

NOTE: THIS DIAGRAM IS TENTATIVE, THE FINAL DIAGRAM SHALL BE GENERATED DURING DETAILED DESIGN

OFMR/FSTP Approx. Route Length = 1 KM

Approx. Route Length = 1 KM

National Grid

‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ‬

FIBER OPTIC SYS. LAYOUT FOR S/S 9030 – Hail PP

CS 0966/R 0 CS-0966/Rev.0 Drawn: ML

Fiber Optic System Overview (Required)

Check.: Approve.: FSK

Date: Oct. 2012 Sheet # 1 of 1 Rev. 0

Diagram # SC/P/A4/OLS/ 9032 – Qassim PP

OFMR/FDM LAYOUT Cable trunking for Pigtails/fiber jumpers, 48x13 pigtails/fiber jumpers

Vertical cable-guide (runway) for Patch Cords, 48x13 patch cords Management Spools (48x13 patch cords)

11 9 7 5 3 1 0 2 4 6 8 10 12

Horizontal through (48x13 patch cords)

Sub-trunking for fiber jumpers coming from equip. (3-pipes)

Cable glands “30”

APPENDIX - VII PROTECTION SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS (BY OTHER CONTRACTOR)

APPENDIX- VIII CIVIL AND STRUCTURAL WORKS

CERT.

‫اﻟﺸﺮآﺔ اﻟﺴﻌﻮدﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء‬

1

2

3

NO.

DESCRIPTION

CHK’

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

CIVIL SCOPE OF WORK,MATERIALS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY

KZ

DATE:

CHK’D BY:

THM

FOR

APPROVED

BA

CONSTRUCTION OF 380KV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

CERTIFIED

BY

FINAL

: M. SAFAR

DATE

PTS-12CC348

(ATTACHMENT TO SCHEDULE "B” OF CONTRACT NO. #####/00)

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

CIVIL SCOPE OF WORK, MATERIALS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380KV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

QASSIM

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C640

INDEX

A

PTS NO APPENDIX VIII

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

1 OF 21

REV.

0

CERT.

‫اﻟﺸﺮآﺔ اﻟﺴﻌﻮدﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء‬

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

CHK’

TABLE OF CONTENTS Page

DESCRIPTION

SECTION I

CIVIL AND STRUCTURAL WORKS 1.01 1.02 1.03

DESIGN CRITERIA 2.01 2.02

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY

3 3 5

1

2

3

NO.

II

GENERAL SCOPE OF WORK STANDARDS, CODES AND SPECIFICATIONS

KZ

GENERAL CONDITIONS PROJECT DESIGN DOCUMENTS, CALCULATIONS AND DRAWINGS

6 6

DATE:

CHK’D BY:

III

THM

3.01 3.02 3.03 3.04 3.05 3.06 3.07 3.08 3.09 3.10 3.11

APPROVED

BA

IV

CERTIFIED

BY

MATERIALS SPECIFICATIONS

DATE

7 7 10 11 13 13 15 16 16 16 16

INSTALLATIN REQUIREMENTS AND GUIDELINES 4.01 4.02 4.03 4.04 4.05

: M. SAFAR

GENERAL CONCRETE CONCRET ENCASED DUCT BANKS AND HAND HOLES ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT REINFORCING STEEL WATER PROOFING MEMBRANE BACK FILL MATERIALS LINK BOX PITS/BARRICADES LINK BOX PITS LINK BOX FOUNDATIONS DUCT SEALING UNITS

4.06 4.07

GENERAL CABLE TUNNEL REQUIREMENTS CABLE DUCTBANKS THRUST BORING REINSTATEMENT OF PAVEMENT SUB-BASE AND BASE COURSE ASPHALT REINSTATEMENT OTHER INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

17 17 18 19 19 19 21

Attachment: 1. Drawing Number TA-800062 - Typical Ductbank Sections Concrete Ductbank110kV to 380Kv 2. Drawing Number TA-800063 - Highway Under Crossing for 110kV to 380kV U/G Power Cables by Thrust Boring

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

CIVIL SCOPE OF WORK, MATERIALS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380KV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

QASSIM

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C640

INDEX

A

PTS NO APPENDIX VIII

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

2 OF 21

REV.

0

CERT.

‫اﻟﺸﺮآﺔ اﻟﺴﻌﻮدﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء‬

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

CHK’

SECTION I – CIVIL AND STRUCTURAL WORK 1.01 GENERAL

DESCRIPTION

This PROJECT will provide 380kV Cable line from GT at Qassim Power Plant to GIS at Qassim-4 (9032) 380 kV Substation, along with Fiber Optic Cables with necessary Cable tunnels, duct banks, hand holes as applicable for Control Cables, Fiber Optic Cables as well as for Non-metallic Fiber Optic Cable Works.

This PROJECT shall be carried out on Lump Sum Turnkey basis. The CONTRACTOR shall provide the design, manufacture/procure, supply and deliver all equipment and materials, construction, commissioning, SITE testing and provide other related services for the completion of this PROJECT in accordance with the requirements of this Scope of WORK and Technical Specifications.

1

2

3

NO.

1.02 SCOPE OF WORK

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY

KZ

On Lump Sum Turnkey basis the CONTRACTOR shall provide and construct the following items:

DATE:

CHK’D BY:

THM

1.

Soil investigation and analysis shall be performed (If required) as per requirements mentioned in Appendix XVI. Contractor should obtain a clarification in this regard during pre-bid stage.

2.

Route survey of the proposed 380kV Cable Line indicating all the details of the PROJECT and all the existing systems/facilities that shall be affected along the route.

3.

Complete survey and investigation for the whole route of the proposed Cable Line (380kV Cable line from GT at Qassim Power Plant to GIS at Qassim-4 (9032) 380 kV Substation). All existing utilities found including SEC-COA 380kV, 132kV or 13.8kV Cables shall be surveyed with complete details and reflected in the Design/Construction drawings.

4.

Construction of cable tunnels from GT at Qassim Power Plant to GIS at Qassim-4 (9032) 380 kV Substation as shown in conceptual drawing # CT906045 and requirements mentioned hereunder:

APPROVED

BA

CERTIFIED

BY

: M. SAFAR

DATE

A. Contractor shall design and construct cable tunnels as shown in the drawing. B. CONTRACTOR shall determine the exact layout of the cable tunnels and shall size them adequately, taking into consideration the following aspects: cable ampacity, space for maintenance and operations, all future piping to be installed and all the cables installation in this PROJECT.

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

C. Cable tunnels adjacent to the buildings shall meet all the requirements of TES-P-119.19. Emergency exits shall be per TES-P-119.19. Cable tunnel waterproofing shall be per TES-P-119.19. A minimum of two (2) emergency exits from the cable tunnels shall be provided. Fire rated doors and reinforced concrete staircases with pipe railings shall be provided at the emergency exits to allow exit from the cable tunnel or entrance to cable tunnel from the substation yard.

CIVIL SCOPE OF WORK, MATERIALS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380KV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

QASSIM

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C640

INDEX

A

PTS NO APPENDIX VIII

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

3 OF 21

REV.

0

CERT.

‫اﻟﺸﺮآﺔ اﻟﺴﻌﻮدﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء‬

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

CHK’

The floor slab of the cable tunnel shall be sloped towards the drainage sump pit at 0.5% slope with the use of cement screed. A minimum of two (2) sump pits shall be provided. The size of the sump pits shall be 600x600x400mm.

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY

5.

Contractor shall provided duct banks and handholes/trenches for laying all Fiber Optic Cables/Multicore Cables/LV Cables as required for Protection, Communication, SCADA, SOE, DSM, SAS etc., in between GT (Generation Transformers), Transmission room in Power Plant and Substation 9032 Control Room, as per respective appendices.

6.

Design and construction of reinforced concrete underground pits with suitable manholes and foundations for link boxes.

7.

Material testing and documentation of the results.

8.

Reinstatement of affected existing facilities such as asphalt, curbs, medians, plants, landscape, etc., shall be reinstated to the satisfaction of COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE and agencies/authorities involved.

9.

Excavation and, if necessary, dewatering, shuttering of the cable tunnels as well as the preparation of the cable ducts and supporting structures for the installation of the cables.

10.

Provide access by providing suitable bridges for pedestrians and vehicular traffic during excavation in built-up areas. The COMPANY shall not be responsible for any result of accidents due to construction of this access.

11.

All traffic diversions shall be made and maintained for the safe completion of the PROJECT, including all necessary barricades, warning lights and traffic signs as governed by the Traffic Police, when road cutting is warranted.

12.

Procurement, inspection and testing of equipment/materials.

13.

Transportation and delivery of equipment/materials to and within Saudi Arabia and WORK SITES.

14.

Preparation of WORK SITES, construction and installation of equipment, materials and allied facilities.

15.

Provide construction camp facilities for the workforce, with storage yard or warehouse for construction materials and equipment. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for all equipment and materials under his custody.

16.

Inspection, checking out (including phasing out), commissioning and SITE testing of all constructed and installed equipment, and their allied facilities.

17.

The whole width of the roads of the specified cable route shall be thoroughly investigated and surveyed. All utilities found shall be reflected in the design drawings.

1

2

3

NO.

DESCRIPTION

D. Cable tunnels shall be properly ventilated.

KZ

DATE:

CHK’D BY:

THM

APPROVED

BA

CERTIFIED

BY

: M. SAFAR

DATE

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

CIVIL SCOPE OF WORK, MATERIALS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380KV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

QASSIM

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C640

INDEX

A

PTS NO APPENDIX VIII

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

4 OF 21

REV.

0

CERT.

‫اﻟﺸﺮآﺔ اﻟﺴﻌﻮدﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء‬

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

CHK’

18.

All dismantled materials/equipment, if any, shall be turned over to the COMPANY designated warehouse.

DESCRIPTION

Note: The Bidder/CONTRACTOR shall visit/survey the Cable routes and make himself aware of the details of the PROJECT and all the existing systems/facilities along the routes.

All WORK equipment and materials covered by this document shall conform to the latest edition of the COMPANY'S Material Standard Specifications supplemented with latest applicable Standards, Codes and Specifications. The latest edition of each Standard and Specifications shall mean the latest edition specified hereunder.

1

2

3

NO.

1.03 STANDARD, CODES AND SPECIFICATIONS

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY

The CONTRACTOR may propose "equivalent" Standards and Specifications if such Standards and Specifications are in fact equal or better than those specified herein, and shall be subject to prior approval of the COMPANY.

KZ

DATE:

CHK’D BY:

The CONTRACTOR shall strictly comply with the following Standards, Codes and Specifications, and no deviation shall be accepted unless otherwise supported by a written waiver from the COMPANY.

THM

APPROVED

Refer to Clause 3.06 of the main PTS for all applicable Standards, Codes and Specifications. BA

*** END OF SECTION I *** CERTIFIED

BY

: M. SAFAR

DATE

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

CIVIL SCOPE OF WORK, MATERIALS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380KV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

QASSIM

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C640

INDEX

A

PTS NO APPENDIX VIII

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

5 OF 21

REV.

0

CERT.

‫اﻟﺸﺮآﺔ اﻟﺴﻌﻮدﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء‬

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

CHK’

SECTION II – DESIGN CRITERIA 2.01 GENERAL CONDITIONS

DESCRIPTION

Design the cable tunnels/ductbanks in accordance with ACI 318M-08 using AASHTO HS 20 truck load. 2.02 PROJECT DESIGN DOCUMENTS, CALCULATIONS AND DRAWINGS

1

2

3

NO.

The CONTRACTOR shall submit all design documents, calculations, studies and drawings at various stages of the PROJECT as per Table 3.01 of the main PTS for all civil related items.

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY

KZ

DATE:

CHK’D BY:

THM

**** END OF SECTION II ****

APPROVED

BA

CERTIFIED

BY

: M. SAFAR

DATE

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

CIVIL SCOPE OF WORK, MATERIALS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380KV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

QASSIM

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C640

INDEX

A

PTS NO APPENDIX VIII

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

6 OF 21

REV.

0

CERT.

‫اﻟﺸﺮآﺔ اﻟﺴﻌﻮدﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء‬

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

CHK’

SECTION III – MATERIALS SPECIFICATIONS 3.01 GENERAL

DESCRIPTION

This section provides the technical specifications of the following major equipments and materials:

The technical specifications of materials are provided hereunder.

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY

KZ

DATE:

CHK’D BY:

3.02 CONCRETE A.

All concrete shall conform to COMPANY Materials Standard Specification 70-TMSS-03, Rev.0.

B.

Concrete exposure shall be based on the results of the soil investigation analysis.

C.

A minimum 100mm thick lean concrete shall be provided under the bottom part of every reinforced concrete member in contact with the soil.

D.

Provide two (2) layers of 150 microns polyethylene film as protection to bottom surfaces of concrete. Polyethylene membranes shall be laid, lapped and sealed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and as approved by COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE. The polyethylene film shall be at the interface of the foundation concrete and lean concrete.

E.

All concrete directly in contact with the ground shall be applied with the following protective coating:

THM

APPROVED

BA

CERTIFIED

BY

Concrete Asphalt Concrete Pavement Reinforcing Steel Backfill Materials Link box pits/barricades Link box foundations

1

2

3

NO.

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

1.

: M. SAFAR

Surfaces below Grade a)

Below grade surfaces of concrete shall be coated with two (2) coats of coal tar epoxy after thirty-five (35) days of concrete placement. The second coat shall be applied not less than one (1) day after the first coat application. The total dry film thickness shall not be less than 0.60mm (minimum).

b)

The concrete shall be clean and dry at the time of coating application. Other requirements of surface preparation, as recommended by the manufacturer, shall be followed.

DATE

2.

Surfaces above Grade a)

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

After a minimum of thirty-five (35) days of concrete placement, all exposed foundation concrete surfaces (above grade) shall be coated with an elastomeric waterproofing material (the material shall be elastomeric polyurethane, aluminum color). 300mm of the concrete

CIVIL SCOPE OF WORK, MATERIALS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380KV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

QASSIM

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C640

INDEX

A

PTS NO APPENDIX VIII

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

7 OF 21

REV.

0

CERT.

‫اﻟﺸﺮآﺔ اﻟﺴﻌﻮدﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء‬

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

DESCRIPTION

CHK’

surface below grade shall also be coated with the same material after curing of the coal tar epoxy coating. The minimum dry film thickness of elastomeric coating shall be 1 mm.

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY

KZ

DATE:

Concrete shall be clean and dry at the time of coating application.

c)

Manufacturer's recommendations shall be strictly followed regarding the surface preparation and coating application.

Concrete Formwork Formwork shall be designed and constructed in accordance with ACI-347. All forms shall be substantially and sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of mortar, and properly braced or tied together to maintain position and shape that produces result in a final structure conforming to size, shape and dimensions of the member as required or shown on the drawings. Form surfaces shall be clean, smooth and sufficiently hard to produce smooth, hard and uniform texture on the concrete.

1

2

3

NO.

F.

b)

G. Ties and Anchors

CHK’D BY:

THM

All ties, braces, anchors and other miscellaneous metal or plastic accessories shall be securely and properly placed and tied, so that they will not be dislodged during the pouring operation and will be embedded at the depths and positions specified. Gage of the wire shall be a minimum of no. 16 USG.

APPROVED

H.

Concrete Tests

BA

Tests on concrete, aggregates and mixing water shall be as per 70-TMSS-03, Rev.0. All test results shall be submitted to the COMPANY for review and approval as the tests are completed. The results of these tests shall be systematically filed with descriptions of where the batch was used. Copies of all test results shall be handed over to the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE for review and comments.

CERTIFIED

BY

All test reports and records should be systematically organized, clearly marked, boxed, and when the construction WORK is completed, they should be turned over to the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE for incorporation into the COMPANY'S permanent records.

: M. SAFAR

DATE

In the event that concrete fails to meet strength requirements, in-place testing for concrete strength shall be conducted by the CONTRACTOR while under supervision of the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE at no additional cost to the COMPANY. In-place testing will be conducted by one (1) or a combination of the following methods:

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

1.

ASTM C42, "Method of Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Means of Concrete"

2.

ASTM C803, "Test Penetrating Resistance on Hardened Concrete"

3.

ASTM C805, "Rebound Number of Hardened Concrete"

CIVIL SCOPE OF WORK, MATERIALS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380KV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

QASSIM

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C640

INDEX

A

PTS NO APPENDIX VIII

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

8 OF 21

REV.

0

CERT. APP’ CHK’

Concrete in the area represented by in-place test shall be considered structurally adequate provided such results conform to the provisions of ACI 318M-08.

DESCRIPTION

The COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE reserves the right to require additional cylinders be taken whenever there is just cause, such as a change in batching procedures, a change in concrete materials, breaking of batching, delay in transport or placement, code violation and the like at no additional cost to the COMPANY. Concrete subject to severe exposure condition shall be tested for chloride permeability test.

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY

Curinq All concrete shall be cured with concrete mix quality water (potable) in accordance with recommendations of ACI 305 and ACI 308 and as specified below:

1

2

3

NO.

I.

KZ

1.

Pond Curing: Ponding shall comprise of at least 40mm deep potable water covering the entire surface of the concrete. The water shall be replenished when less than 50mm deep to assure that 40mm minimum depth required is retained.

2.

Wet Burlap Curing: Wet burlap curing shall comprise at least two (2) layers of constantly damped burlap laid tight against the pre-soaked concrete surface. The burlap shall be kept uniformly damp so that lighter patches or drier burlap are not evident by a clock valve controlled soil soaker hose supplied with water at adequate pressure.

3.

Membrane Curing: Membrane curing shall not be applied to concrete mixes containing pozzolan. Whenever used, membrane curing shall be preceded by saturation of concrete with sprayed water. This water shall be sealed against the concrete by application of a white (reflective) curing membrane in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.

4.

All concrete shall be cured for at least seven (7) days except as specified below:

DATE:

CHK’D BY:

THM

APPROVED

BA

CERTIFIED

BY

‫اﻟﺸﺮآﺔ اﻟﺴﻌﻮدﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء‬

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

: M. SAFAR

Unreinforced Massive Concrete Concrete Blended with Pozzolan

DATE

5.

JOB ORDER NO.

14 days 21 days

Water for curing shall meet the following requirements: Total Dissolved Solids CI + SO4 Chlorides and Sulfates pH Value

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED

: :

: : :

500 PPM (maximum) 300 PPM (Maximum) 7.0 (minimum); 8.5 (maximum)

J.

Minimum concrete cover over all reinforcements at and below ground level shall be 85 mm. All other concrete cover requirements shall be as per ACI 318M-08, "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete and Commentary."

K.

The CONTRACTOR shall not place any concrete until the excavations and/or forms and embedded items are inspected by the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE.

CIVIL SCOPE OF WORK, MATERIALS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380KV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

QASSIM

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C640

INDEX

A

PTS NO APPENDIX VIII

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

9 OF 21

REV.

0

CERT.

‫اﻟﺸﺮآﺔ اﻟﺴﻌﻮدﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء‬

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

DESCRIPTION

CHK’

This inspection will not relieve the CONTRACTOR of the responsibility of keeping the holes in acceptable condition until placement of concrete is completed nor for the accurate placement of embedded items. The placing of concrete shall be accomplished in such a manner as to prevent segregation of the aggregates.

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY

A.

CONTRACTOR shall construct concrete encased ductbanks in accordance with COMPANY Standard Drawing TA-800062. Spare circuit conduits shall always be provided as required. All cable duct installations shall follow the requirements of the COMPANY Construction Standard TCS-P-104.03. Construction of concrete encased conduits for communication shall be in accordance with Detail 1 of the COMPANY Standard Drawing TB-800079.

B.

The CONTRACTOR shall provide/construct ductbanks system with PVC pipes, flexible sub ducts, and handholes to route the underground optical fiber cable up to the interface points.

C.

The CONTRACTOR shall design and install all necessary ductbanks for Non-Metallic Underground Fiber Optic Cables for the entire cable route. The exact routing of the ductbank shall be proposed by the CONTRACTOR and approved by the COMPANY during the base design phase of the project.

D.

Communication ductbanks shall consist of a minimum of 2 x 100 mm dia. PVC conduits. All COMPANY Construction Standards with respect to Civil Works shall be followed. One of the communication conduits shall be provided with four (4) 32 mm dia. rigid PVC sub ducts. The other conduit shall remain vacant. All unused conduits and sub ducts shall be provided with different colored pull ropes and end plugs.

E.

All structural design calculations shall be submitted together with all drawings to the COMPANY for review and comments.

F.

Excavation and Backfilling shall conform to the COMPANY Construction Specification for Eearthworks, TCS-Q-113.02. No backfilling shall be performed before the structure has been inspected and approved by the COMPANY representative.

1

2

3

NO.

3.03 CONCRETE ENCASED DUCTBANKS AND HANDHOLES

KZ

DATE:

CHK’D BY:

THM

APPROVED

BA

CERTIFIED

BY

: M. SAFAR

DATE

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

G. All forms shall be unyielding and tight jointed to produce hardened concrete of high quality. Formwork shall conform to ACI-374. H.

All conduits installed shall be tested by mandrel of appropriate size, in the presence of COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE and the ends sealed.

I.

For Communication ductbank configuration, requirements and details refer to COMPANY Drawing Nos. TB-800079, SB-036367 and TB-800090.

J.

The CONTRACTOR shall design the manhole/handhole of sufficient strength for the duty they will be subjected to (i.e. equipment, vehicle, and water and earth pressure). Manholes/handholes shall continuously be free of water and provided with pulling eyes, sump, ladder rungs and all other necessary items. Other Waterproofing requirements of the handholes shall be in accordance with Company Standard Drawing No. TA-800098.

CIVIL SCOPE OF WORK, MATERIALS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380KV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

QASSIM

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C640

INDEX

A

PTS NO APPENDIX VIII

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

10 OF 21

REV.

0

CERT.

‫اﻟﺸﺮآﺔ اﻟﺴﻌﻮدﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء‬

DESCRIPTION

CHK’

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

K.

Communication handholes shall be provided at every change of direction along the proposed route, crossing, start and end of ductbanks and at every 300 meters of continuous run.

L.

For the design of the Fiber Optic Communication cable handhole details, refer to COMPANY Drawing TB-800076, for non-traffic areas and Drawing No. TB-800077, for traffic areas.

M. Each fiber optic cable handhole shall be marked with a stainless steel marker plate, with the following information:

1

2

3

NO.

SEC-COA FIBER OPTIC TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM CONTRACT NO. : HANDHOLE NO. : JOINT BOX NO. : LINK DESTINATION : CABLE TYPE/No of cores: CABLE Manufacturer : INSTALLATION YEAR :

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY

KZ

DATE:

CHK’D BY:

THM

__________________________ __________________________ __________________________ __________________________ __________________________ __________________________ __________________________

APPROVED

Marker plate details shall be as per COMPANY standard Drawing No. TB-800076. The size/dimensions of the marker plates to be installed on the handhole collars shall be 75mm (W) x 150 mm (L). BA

N.

CERTIFIED

BY

: M. SAFAR

DATE

Handholes shall be provided with necessary clamps and fixing hardware to enable coiling the extra length of fiber optic cable for future use. Refer to COMPANY Standard Drawing No. TA-800098.

O. The sides and base slab of each handhole shall be provided with two (2) layers of waterproofing membrane (each minimum of 4mm thick). The membrane applied to vertical surface shall be protected with a 15 mm thick protection board and horizontal surface with 50 mm thick concrete screed & two (2) layers of 150 micron polyethylene sheet. Interior surfaces of the handholes shall be coated with two (2) coats of elastomeric cementitious impermeable membrane with the approval of COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE. 3.04 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT A.

Tack Coat The tack coat shall be of rapid curing type cutback asphalt consisting of asphaltic base fluxed with suitable petroleum distillates. The product shall be free from water, show no separation prior to use, shall not foam when heated to application temperature and shall conform to the requirements of Grade RC-800 of ASTM D2028.

B.

Bituminous Pavinq Mixture 1.

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

Asphalt shall be petroleum asphalt cement, penetration grade 60-70, conforming to the requirements of ASTM D946.

CIVIL SCOPE OF WORK, MATERIALS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380KV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

QASSIM

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C640

INDEX

A

PTS NO APPENDIX VIII

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

11 OF 21

REV.

0

CERT.

‫اﻟﺸﺮآﺔ اﻟﺴﻌﻮدﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء‬

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

CHK’

2.

Mineral aggregates shall consist of coarse aggregate, fine aggregate, and filler material all complying with the following requirements:

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY

b.

KZ

DATE:

CHK’D BY:

THM

The combined mineral aggregates for asphalt concrete binder course and asphalt concrete wearing course shall consist of crushed rock or crushed gravel. It shall be clean, hard, tough, durable and sound and shall be of uniform quality, free fromo98 soft and friable materials and shall conform to the following physical requirements: Sand Equivalent (ASTM D2419)

APPROVED

BA

CERTIFIED

BY

When tested according to ASTM C117 and ASTM C136, the combined mineral aggregates shall conform to the gradation of COMPANY Construction Standards TCS-Q-113.01. The grading limits specified on Table 7 are based on materials of uniform specific gravity and shall be adjusted by asphalt concrete manufacturer to compensate for any variations in specific gravity of the individual sizes. The grading may be varied on the basis of marshal tests to obtain optimum stability and life of the bituminous paving mixture.

1

2

3

NO.

DESCRIPTION

a.

: M. SAFAR

:

45 minimum

Plasticity Index (ASTM D4318) Binder Course Wearing Course

: :

6 maximum 3 maximum

Loss by Abrasion % (ASTM C131) Binder Course Wearing Course

: :

50% maximum 40% maximum

Loss by Sodium Sulfate Soundness Test (ASTM C88) Course Aggregate : Fine Aggregate :

12% maximum 15% maximum

Loss by Magnesium Sulfate Soundness (ASTM C88) Course Aggregate : Fine Aggregate :

18% maximum 20% maximum

Thin and Elongated pieces, by weight (larger than 25 mm, thickness less than 1/5 length) per CRD-C119 :

5% maximum

DATE

C.

Asphalt Concrete Mix Design 1.

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

The asphalt concrete mix design shall be submitted for review and approval by COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE at least thirty (30) days prior to start

CIVIL SCOPE OF WORK, MATERIALS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380KV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

QASSIM

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C640

INDEX

A

PTS NO APPENDIX VIII

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

12 OF 21

REV.

0

CERT.

‫اﻟﺸﺮآﺔ اﻟﺴﻌﻮدﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء‬

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

CHK’

production of plant mix. The design shall be according to COMPANY Standard TCS-Q-113.01. 3.05 REINFORCING STEEL

DESCRIPTION

The CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install all reinforcing steel required for civil WORK. Reinforcing steel shall be deformed steel bars conforming to SASO SSA- 2/79 with minimum yield stress of 420 MPa. Deformations shall conform to ASTM A615M. 3.06 WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE

1

2

3

NO.

A. General REVISIONS

PREPARED BY

KZ

DATE:

CHK’D BY:

1.

Waterproofing membrane shall be a purpose design and have proven application in the Kingdom considering thermal expansion and contraction.

2.

CONTRACTOR shall submit samples and brochures of the product for COMPANY review and acceptance.

3.

Waterproofing membrane shall be installed by the membrane manufacturer, or on his behalf, by a professional waterproofing CONTRACTOR approved by the manufacturer, acceptable to the COMPANY.

4.

CONTRACTOR shall submit the installation procedure for COMPANY review and approval.

5.

The waterproofing material and the installation of the membrane shall be guaranteed for a minimum period of ten (10) years.

THM

APPROVED

BA

B. Modified Bituminous Waterproofing Membrane CERTIFIED

BY

: M. SAFAR

DATE

1.

This type of membrane shall be used especially for underground structures such as cable tunnels/cable entry rooms, electrical manholes, communication handholes, and septic tanks as well as for roofs.

2.

Membrane shall be bitumen modified with Attactic Polypropylene (APP). The membrane shall be reinforced with isotropic spun bounded, non-woven polyester mat 4mm thick. Membrane shall have the following specifications: Properties

Typical Values

Thickness

Minimum 4mm

Reinforcement: Non-woven polyester

200 gm/m²

Ultimate Tensile Strength, N/5cm @ 25°C

Standards

ASTM D5147

Longitudinal

950

Transverse

800

Ultimate elongation, % @ 25°C

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

Longitudinal

45

Transverse

50

CIVIL SCOPE OF WORK, MATERIALS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380KV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

QASSIM

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C640

INDEX

A

PTS NO APPENDIX VIII

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

13 OF 21

REV.

0

CERT.

‫اﻟﺸﺮآﺔ اﻟﺴﻌﻮدﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء‬

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

DESCRIPTION

CHK’

Tear Resistance, N Longitudinal

600

Transverse

400

Softening Point, °C

155

ASTM D36

Low temperature flexibility, °C

-6 to -10

ASTM D5147

Water Absorption, % Wt @ 23°C 24 hours

Less than 1

ASTM D5147

&

UV No change greater ASTM G53 than 20% of the original values

Puncture Resistance, N

1

2

3

NO.

Resistance to aging Weather-O-meter 2000 hours

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY

ASTM D5147

KZ

1155

ASTM E154

Water Vapor Transmission, g/m²/24 hours, Less than 0.5 RH 90% at 38°C

ASTM E96

Resistance to Leakage at Joints

Pass

UAEtc

Penetration, @ 25°C, dmm

20

ASTM D5

DATE:

CHK’D BY:

THM

Dimensional Stability % APPROVED

ASTM D5147

Longitudinal

+ 0.5

Transverse

- 0.5

Load Strain product @ 25°C BA

Longitudinal

42,750

Transverse

40,000

Lap joint strength, N/5cm (Longitudinal and Same as Transverse) membrane Installation Procedure: A layer of bituminous primer is cold applied on the cleaned screed using a plaster roller with organic, solvent resistant wool.

CERTIFIED

BY

The rolls of membranes are laid one by one on the dried primer and properly aligned to cover the entire surface. Each membrane is re-rolled and unrolled systematically for torching by means of a propane gas torch.

: M. SAFAR

Overlapping seams of adjacent rolls of membranes shall be torched and pressed tightly.

DATE

Control joints shall be provided at locations determined based on the geometry configuration and drainage characteristics of the roof. The waterproofing membrane shall pass over the parapet and be fixed under the aluminum flashing. Between the levels, the protection of waterproofing vertical edges is provided by a metal section (aluminum flashing) used as water drip. The metal section is nailed to the vertical wall and its upper part is sealed using suitable elastic sealer. The waterproofing membrane shall be raised on the walls to the same level of the surrounding parapet.

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

CIVIL SCOPE OF WORK, MATERIALS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380KV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

QASSIM

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C640

INDEX

A

PTS NO APPENDIX VIII

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

14 OF 21

REV.

0

CERT.

‫اﻟﺸﺮآﺔ اﻟﺴﻌﻮدﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء‬

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

CHK’

C.

Bituminous Roofing Primer

DESCRIPTION

Roofing primer shall be formulated from highly pliable, flexible bitumen, select petroleum solvents and compounded with wetting and saturation additives. It shall comply with ASTM D41 with the following specifications:

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY

Typical Values

Standards

Density at 25°C, kg/liter

0.86 to 0.89

ASTM D70

Viscosity at 25°C, cps

70 - 150

ASTM D88

Drying time to touch at 25°C

3 hours

Drying time, through at 25°C

24 hours

Non-volatile, % weight

45 (minimum)

ASTM D402

Volatile, % weight

55 (maximum)

ASTM D402

Water content

Zero

ASTM D55

Shelf life

2 years

1

2

3

NO.

Properties

KZ

DATE:

CHK’D BY:

THM

Penetration at 25°C of asphalt from 20 - 50 distillation up to 360°C, dmm

APPROVED

ASTM D55

It shall have the following outstanding features: BA

D.

1.

Optimum penetration of primer into the surface pores, pinholes and cracks.

2.

The primer shall allow for better saturation, dust absorption and adhesion. Primer shall prepare the surface for a permanent and durable bond between the substrate and the membrane.

Water flood tests

CERTIFIED

BY

For cable tunnels, manholes, handholes, trenches, all de-watering operations shall be stopped completely after the installation of waterproofing membrane. If any leakage is found inside the cable tunnel or under the roof slab, the CONTRACTOR shall take all the remedial measures acceptable to the COMPANY.

: M. SAFAR

DATE

3.07 BACKFILL MATERIALS

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

A.

All earthwork and asphalt materials and all other necessary materials within the COMPANY facilities shall conform to the requirements specified in the COMPANY Construction Specifications for Earthwork TCS-Q-113.02 and Specification for Asphalt Concrete Paving TCS-Q-113.01.

B.

All backfill materials shall be furnished from a source accepted by the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE. Acceptance of a backfill source shall not mean automatic acceptance of all material obtained from the source, and the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE may withdraw approval of the source at any time that materials produced by the source are not suitable for backfill. If suitable, excavated material can also be used for backfill subject to the approval of the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE.

CIVIL SCOPE OF WORK, MATERIALS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380KV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

QASSIM

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C640

INDEX

A

PTS NO APPENDIX VIII

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

15 OF 21

REV.

0

CERT.

‫اﻟﺸﺮآﺔ اﻟﺴﻌﻮدﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء‬

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

CHK’

3.08 LINK BOX PITS/BARRICADES Protective crash barriers shall be installed per Drawing No. TA-800133.

DESCRIPTION

A heavy duty galvanized chain link shall be provided between the barriers, provision shall be made at the barrier to secure the chain link properly. 3.09 LINK BOX PITS

The walls of pits shall project 100mm clear of the surrounding ground level. The pit lid and frame shall be made of cast iron and shall have watertight "machine-fit" interface surfaces and the lid shall have the word ELECTRICITY embossed on it.

1

2

3

NO.

The pits shall have 150mm thick reinforced concrete walls. Contractor to determine the size of the pits to enable at least two persons to enter and do maintenance work inside.

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY

KZ

The pits and covers shall be capable of bearing a loading of 10 tons. A set of lifting keys shall be supplied with each link box pit cover.

DATE:

CHK’D BY:

THM

The pits shall be sealed to prevent ingress of water. The Contractor's proposal to prevent ingress of water shall be clearly indicated in the designs submitted. Any sealing method proposed should take account of the Company's requirement to open the pit for maintenance testing purposes and also the life of the seal proposed.

APPROVED

3.10 LINK BOX FOUNDATIONS BA

Concrete foundations shall be provided to support the link box. Top of concrete foundations shall be of the same elevation, with the top of concrete at 150mm (minimum) to 450mm (maximum). Design criteria for the design of foundations shall be in accordance with TES-P119.18 and TES-P-119.19.

CERTIFIED

3.11 DUCT SEALING UNITS BY

: M. SAFAR

The duct sealing units to be provided shall be conforming to the COMPANY Material Standard Specification 23-TMSS-02, Rev.0.

DATE

**** END OF SECTION III ****

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

CIVIL SCOPE OF WORK, MATERIALS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380KV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

QASSIM

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C640

INDEX

A

PTS NO APPENDIX VIII

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

16 OF 21

REV.

0

CERT.

‫اﻟﺸﺮآﺔ اﻟﺴﻌﻮدﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء‬

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

CHK’

SECTION IV – INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS AND GUIDELINES

A.

The subsequent sections will present the requirements and practices, which shall be the basis for the installation of 380kV underground cables and fiber optic cables for the system of SEC-COA.

B.

The installation practices that will be presented are consistent with the current industry standards with special consideration being given to the working environment found in Saudi Arabia.

C.

The CONTRACTOR must strictly adhere to the requirements of COMPANY Engineering Standard TES-P-104, Construction Standard and TCS-P-104 as applicable, attached Conceptual Design Drawings, and the Practices and Procedures mentioned in the subsequent sections.

1

2

3

NO.

DESCRIPTION

4.01 GENERAL

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY

KZ

DATE:

CHK’D BY:

THM

4.02 CABLE TUNNEL REQUIREMENTS A.

The 380kV underground cable circuits shall be using cable tunnel and in concrete encased ductbanks. The physical requirement of the cable tunnel and concrete encased ductbanks shall be in accordance with the COMPANY'S Engineering Standard TES-P-104.05, TCS-P-104.06 and TA-800062, respectively. The COMPANY Construction Standard TCS-P-104.03 for the construction of cable tunnel shall be followed.

APPROVED

BA

B.

Safety The CONTRACTOR shall take all necessary precautions to ensure the safety of personnel working in the tunnel and the general public. In addition, the CONTRACTOR shall adhere to the following guidelines:

CERTIFIED

BY

General Requirements

1.

The CONTRACTOR is responsible for conforming to the rules and regulations pertaining to safety established by the ministries, municipalities, traffic and COMPANY Loss Prevention Division.

2.

Should there be closing/re-routing of traffic; the CONTRACTOR will properly coordinate with the concerned authorities. When required, the CONTRACTOR should be more than willing to assign someone to direct the traffic or act as flagman.

3.

The CONTRACTOR shall provide cable tunnel signboards on every tunnel /road crossing and 200 meters on straight run, the signboards shall be in accordance with SB-036883.

: M. SAFAR

DATE

C.

Other Underground Utilities Prior to excavation, the CONTRACTOR shall gather all necessary information regarding other existing underground services such as oil, gas, water, telephone, sewage, other electric cables (Power & distribution cables), building structures and shall use all precautions in excavating to avoid any damage to any underground

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

CIVIL SCOPE OF WORK, MATERIALS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380KV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

QASSIM

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C640

INDEX

A

PTS NO APPENDIX VIII

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

17 OF 21

REV.

0

CERT. APP’ CHK’

utilities. The CONTRACTOR shall be fully liable for any damage caused to any service during cable installation by his personnel. Other utilities found during underground utilities survey shall be plotted in the construction drawing "As-Built" drawing.

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY

KZ

E.

DATE:

CHK’D BY:

Tunnel Excavation in Hiqh Water Table Areas In areas where high water table causes the tunnel excavation to become flooded, the excavation shall be cleared by either pumping or installation of a well point system depending upon the actual SITE conditions. Tunnel excavation subject to high water table must be shored to minimize tunnel-wall sloughing. The water removed from the tunnel shall be disposed of in a proper manner either by pumping to a storm water system or water tank trucks. If water is to be pumped into municipal sewage/storm water system, prior approvals must be obtained from the Municipal Sewage Authority.

1

2

3

NO.

DESCRIPTION

D.

Maintenance of Cable Tunnel The CONTRACTOR shall take precautions to maintain the condition of the tunnel prior to the installation of the cables. Maintenance shall include prevention of cave-ins or sloughing of the trench walls and dewatering of the trenches. Cable tunnel and pit shall be continuously cleaned. No foreign matter shall be backfilled with cables that may damage the cable in future.

THM

APPROVED

F. BA

Other Tunnel Excavation Requirements 1.

The CONTRACTOR shall open only the width of tunnel as specified in the CONTRACT. The COMPANY shall not reimburse the CONTRACTOR for trenching or reinstatement in excess of the contractual widths or depths.

2.

Asphalt and other non-reusable debris, which are excavated from the tunnel must be removed from the WORK SITE immediately and hauled to a Municipality approved dumping area.

3.

Authorities may grant only a limited time for complete reinstatement of a trench section.

4.

After completing the reinstatement WORK, the CONTRACTOR will be required to submit an acceptance certificate to the COMPANY from the concerned agencies; otherwise, such WORK will not be accepted by the COMPANY.

5.

The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for reinstatement/restoration of any disturbed or damaged facility, which is incidental to PROJECT performance.

CERTIFIED

BY

‫اﻟﺸﺮآﺔ اﻟﺴﻌﻮدﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء‬

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

: M. SAFAR

DATE

4.03 CABLE DUCTBANKS A.

General Requirements Design and construct concrete encased ductbanks at road crossings. Design and construction of concrete encased ductbanks shall be in accordance to ACI 318M-08. Ductbanks shall be designed using AASHTO HS 20 truck load. Concrete encased

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

CIVIL SCOPE OF WORK, MATERIALS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380KV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

QASSIM

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C640

INDEX

A

PTS NO APPENDIX VIII

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

18 OF 21

REV.

0

CERT.

‫اﻟﺸﺮآﺔ اﻟﺴﻌﻮدﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء‬

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

CHK’

ductbanks shall span the road where the 380kV underground cables and Fiber Optic cable are to cross.

DESCRIPTION

All cable ducts installation shall follow the requirements of the COMPANY'S Construction Standard TCS-P-I04.03 B.

Bell Ends Bell ends shall be provided at the exit and at entrance of each duct. The bell end shall be an extension of the plastic duct, therefore, bell end inserts, which have a smaller internal diameter than the plastic duct, shall not be used.

Upon completion of a duct run, a test mandrel (6 mm less in diameter than the nominal inside diameter of the duct) and wire brush cleaner (slightly larger than the duct) shall be pulled through to each duct. The testing and cleaning of a concrete encased ductbank should be done on the day after the concrete has been poured to eliminate any concrete, which may have seeped into the ducts. A nylon pull line should be installed in each duct line after cleaning and all ducts shall be immediately sealed at both ends by using duct sealing units.

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY

KZ

DATE:

CHK’D BY:

Testing and Cleaninq

1

2

3

NO.

C.

THM

APPROVED

4.04 THRUST BORINGS If thrust boring/directional drilling is required, comply with COMPANY Standard TES-P-104.05, Clause 8.2.3. Refer to COMPANY Standard Drawing TA-800062, TA800063 and TA-800068 for Highway undercrossing for 110 kV to 380 kV power cables by directional drilling.

BA

4.05 REINSTATEMENT OF PAVEMENT SUB-BASE AND BASE COURSE A.

General Information

CERTIFIED

The reinstatement shall be in accordance with latest approved specifications and/or the following paragraph as applicable. BY

: M. SAFAR

The CONTRACTOR shall submit to the COMPANY a list of test procedures and schedule of testing. The CONTRACTOR shall engage the services of an independent testing agency acceptable to the COMPANY, to conduct verification tests of in-place density at an average interval of 400 meters along tunnel, if so requested by the COMPANY. This testing will be conducted by the COMPANY approved testing agency.

DATE

4.06 ASPHALT REINSTATEMENT A.

General Paving Requirements for Hot Asphalt Mix The CONTRACTOR shall provide hot asphalt mix and necessary primer. Cutting of pavement shall be only by saw. Areas to be paved shall be substantially true to line and grade, and have a firm surface without foreign materials. The paving mixture shall be placed when the air temperature is below 50°F (10°C) and is falling. The paving mixture shall be placed only when the humidity, general weather conditions

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

CIVIL SCOPE OF WORK, MATERIALS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380KV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

QASSIM

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C640

INDEX

A

PTS NO APPENDIX VIII

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

19 OF 21

REV.

0

CERT.

‫اﻟﺸﺮآﺔ اﻟﺴﻌﻮدﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء‬

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

CHK’

and temperature of the base, in the opinion of the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE are suitable. Paving mixture shall be delivered to the WORK location at a temperature no less than 235°F (113°C) and never exceed 350°F (177°C).

DESCRIPTION

The CONTRACTOR shall submit to the COMPANY a list of test procedures and the schedule of testing. The CONTRACTOR shall engage the services of an independent testing agency acceptable to the COMPANY. All asphalt material and construction shall conform to the requirements of the COMPANY Standards. B.

Placing of Mixture

1

2

3

NO.

The mixture shall be placed in the number of lifts and thickness indicated (approved paving thickness by the COMPANY). REVISIONS

PREPARED BY

C.

The mixture shall be compacted immediately after placing. Each rolling operation shall follow the preceding operation as closely as possible. In areas too small for a roller, a vibrating plate compactor or hand tamper may be used to achieve thorough compaction.

KZ

DATE:

CHK’D BY:

THM

APPROVED

Compacting the Mixture

D.

Compaction and Testing Requirements 1.

BA

One (1) composite sample of asphalt mix shall be taken each production day from the first truck load of mix delivered to the WORK SITE, for laboratory testing. The sample shall be taken by the COMPANY designated agency and tested in accordance with ASTM D1559 to determine the laboratory density requirements (50 blow marshall), and the following: a) b) c)

Gradation Flow test with an accepted range in between 8 and 16 Stability, lb. (at 140°F, 60 °C) of 1000 lb. minimum for both layers

CERTIFIED

BY

2.

The asphalt pavement placed in the field shall be equal to or greater than 95% of the laboratory Marshall Density determined for the material being used (ASTM D1559).

3.

One (1) sample of the compacted asphalt pavement for each 100 linear meters of road reinstated shall be tested per ASTM D1559.

4.

Additional requirements are needed to identify the type of asphalt mix (tested in laboratory).

5.

To be able to evaluate the materials being used, the CONTRACTOR shall conduct and submit the following tests, prior to use, to demonstrate conformance of proposed backfill materials and mix designs:

: M. SAFAR

DATE

a) b) C) d) e) THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

Mechanical Analysis Plasticity Index Relative Density Modified Compaction Dry Unit Weight and Moisture Content (Nuclear Method by using of Gamma Rays)

CIVIL SCOPE OF WORK, MATERIALS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380KV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

QASSIM

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C640

INDEX

A

PTS NO APPENDIX VIII

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

20 OF 21

REV.

0

CERT.

‫اﻟﺸﺮآﺔ اﻟﺴﻌﻮدﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء‬

APP’

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

CHK’

f)

DESCRIPTION

g) h) i) j)

Dry Unit Weight and Moisture Content taken samples done in the laboratory Marshall Stability Asphalt Mix Design Marshall Design Check Field Curing for Field Compaction Check

4.07 OTHER INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A.

Responsibility During Installation

1

2

3

NO.

The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for all materials and component parts during installation. Failure of any cable and/or component during installation or testing shall cause the faulty cable and/or component to be unacceptable until all test results are reviewed and corrective action taken. To minimize failures at final testing, the CONTRACTOR shall physically check and test the cable in segments during installation.

REVISIONS

PREPARED BY

KZ

DATE:

CHK’D BY:

THM

**** END OF SECTION IV **** APPROVED

BA

CERTIFIED

BY

: M. SAFAR

DATE

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED JOB ORDER NO.

CIVIL SCOPE OF WORK, MATERIALS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380KV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION

QASSIM

SAUDI ARABIA

PLANT NO.

C640

INDEX

A

PTS NO APPENDIX VIII

PTS 12CC348

PAGE NO

21 OF 21

REV.

0

APPENDIX - XIII SPECIAL TOOLS & EQUIPMENT (To provided by CONTRACTOR)

APPENDIX- XVI GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION AND MATERIAL TESTING

;-: a:

'" U

s:-4~

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

~j~\

~y1j\

Q

~ "' Q

'"

Ci

{~~

s:.L:t~ ~~~t AS'~I Saudi Electricity Company

z 0

i=

... Q2 u '"

'" '"

(3 z

"'

APPENDIX - XVI

-

N

REVISIONS_,

""EI'AR~ DATE CIIK'D.IY.

~

GEOTECHNICAL

~

INVESTIGATION

AI'.'.

CIIK'B BY,

of a given PROJECT to determine if it is adequate for the level of responsibility associated with presentation of conclusions and

recommendations as outlined in Section IV - Guidelines for Geotechnical Report, of this Specification.

API'ROYED

EIIV-E&IJIJ ENC. SUI'I'ORT

mv.

1.04

The CONTRACTOR, by acceptance of a SERVICE ORDER discussed in Item No. 1.03 above, shall be obligated to provide the COMPANY with Geotechnical Report consistent with the professional standards of skill, care and diligence associated with high quality, international practice of geotechnical engineering.

1.05

Intermittent services are generally anticipated on all material testing projects. The COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE will give at least one day notice each time the CONTRACTOR is required to visit the site for material testing. Immediately upon the availability of test results, the CONTRACTOR shall submit three (3) copies to the COMPANY Transmission Asset Development Department/Bulk Asset Planning Division.

{ttI/ CSM 21112-119-21>

OPERATING BEPARTMENT

*** END OF SECTION

BATE,

- I ***

2012-09-21>

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED

SECTION

-

11

TECHNICAL PROVISIONS

ROL/NFP/CSM- 2012/09/26 GEOTECHNICAL .JOB

ORDER

INVESTIGATION

AND MATERIAL TESTING

PLANTNO

DOCUMENT NO.

NO.

A SAUDI ARABIA

I APPENDIX. XVII

PAGENO.

S

OF 49

REV.

0

;-:

~ u

~L:~

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

~J~\

~y1!\

Q

~ ~

'" "u Q

2.01

MOBILIZATION AND DEMOBILIZATION A,

Mobilization for geotechnical investigations and field load tests shall consist of the delivery at the WORK SITE of all plant, equipment, materials and supplies to be furnished by the CONTRACTOR; the complete assembly in satisfactory working order of all such plant equipment on the job; and the satisfactory storage at the WORK SITE of all such materials and supplies,

B,

Demobilization for the above shall consist of the removal from the site of all plant, equipment, and refuse after completion of the WORK,

C,

No mobilization and demobilization shall be applied to material testing jobs, Site visits shall be paid on mileage unit rates, which shall include all direct and indirect vehicle and personnel charges,

z 0 1= 0..

i:2 uen '"' Q

0 z

..,

-

N

REVISIONS

¥

PREPARED In', DATE, C"K'I)

2012-09-21>

2.02 SCHEDULE AND ORDER OF WORK

BY,

The schedule and order of WORK for geotechnical exploration and for field load tests will be shown on the documents for each PROJECT COMPANY, whenever and in whatever manner is deemed best for accomplishing the WORK,

AI'PIWYED

EIIV-E&I)I) ENG, SIJl'PORT

I)IV,

The schedule and order of material testing WORK will depend on the size and nature of the project. As and when required, the CONTRACTOR will be called upon intermittently to provide material testing services,

fJiI/ CSM 2012-09-21>

2.03 OPERATING I)EI'ARTMENT

EXPLORATION - DRilLING AND SAMPLING METHODS A. Overburden Drilling 1) Small Diameter Auqer Borinqs The scope, apparatus, report and procedure shall be in accordance with ASTM D1452, "Soil Investigation and Sampling by Auger Boring", Samples shall be obtained for each material change in sufficient quantity to reveal the subsurface conditions and for such laboratory testing as may be required, Augering will not be continued below the water table when encountered,

0 I)ATE,

2012-09-'"

2)

TillS DRAWING IS NOT TO liE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED

Larqe Diameter Auqer Borinqs The Augering shall be performed in soil and/or decomposed rock with drilling equipment capable of advancing a helical auger bit having a diameter equal to or greater than 760 mm (30 inches), Adaptors should be provided to permit soil sampling with thin-wall Shelby tube samplers as described in subparagraph 3,B,3 of these Technical Provisions, The scope and report procedures specified in ASTM D1452 shall apply,

3) Rotary Drillinq ROL/NFP/CSM- 2012/09/26 PLANTN°1 .1011 ORDER

I DOCUMENT NO,

NO,

A SAUDI ARABIA

REV,

INDEX

GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONANDMATERIAL TESTING

IAPPENDIX-XVII

NO.! 6

OF 49

l 0

"" '" u

s:.4~

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

~j~1

~y.1.J1

Q

k~ Q

~ u

Definition

a)

Overburden rotary drilling will be any drilling made through soil overburden or decomposed rock by drilling equipment utilizing power rotation of a drilling bit as circulating fluid removes cuttings from the hole.

z 0 i= "-

52 uCh

b)

'" Q

0 z

'"

Eill!lQ.ment and Procedure The equipment and procedures used for overburden drilling for or with SPT and undisturbed sampling shall be in accordance with the equipment and methods recommended in U.S. Navy Design Manual NAVFAC DM-7.1, entitled "Soil Mechanics" dated May 1982, except as modified hereinafter. In areas where a water table is encountered in overburden or decomposed rock materials, or where caving of the sidewalls occurs, borings may be drilled by using suitable drilling mud slurry.

-

N

REVISIONS

PREPARED

BY, .

DATF' .. CHK'D

~ RO

FP

21112-119-21> -

The drilling mud shall be maintained at the top of the hole during all drilling and sampling operations. The mud slurry may consist of bentonite-water or attapulgite-water mixtures as required for stabilization of the hole. Sampling procedure shall be by such means as will prevent inclusions of the drilling mud in the samples. Otherwise, the borings shall be suitably cased to prevent collapse of the sidewalls and to permit sampling.

BY,

APPROYW EIIV-E&1)1) ENC, SUPPORT mv,

~ B.

CSM

Soil Samplinq and Testinq

21112-119-21>

1) Soil Classification Samples OPERATING DEPARTMENT

Samples retrieved from augering and cuttings retrieved from rotary drilling shall be retained for Classification and Index properties testing. The scope of sampling, procedures and report shall be in accordance with ASTM 01452. Recovery of samples is incidental to drilling and cost shall be included in the applicable unit rates for drilling. 2) Standard Penetration Test (SPT) ,

DATE,

The scope, apparatus, procedure, and report shall be in accordance with ASTM 01586, "Standard Method of Penetration Test and Split Barrel Sampling of Soils", except as modified herein. The intent of the Standard Penetration Test is to determine resistance, the consistency of the materials, depth at which rock coring shall commence, and to obtain samples. SPT sampling is not considered incidental to drilling and shall be paid by the unit rate for each penetration test.

"112.119-21>

a)

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED

Equipment and Supplies Equipment shall include split barrel samples, power driven core drilling machinery of a type or types approved by the ACOMPANY, and all other accessories for taking samples of soil or decomposed rock. Unless otherwise specified, drilling machinery shall be of the "hydraulic feed" type.

ROL/NFP/CSM - 2012/09/26 GEOTECHNICAL

INVESTIGATION

AND MATERIAL TESTING

PLANT NOJ

INDEX I DOCUMENT NO. I PAGENO.

JOB ORDER NO,

A SAUDI ARABIA

I APPENDIX.

7 XVII

OF 49

REV.

0

,.:

s:-4~ ~..I~\ ~y:J\

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

:;:

u Q

~"' Q

Borings may be advanced above the water table by augering or, by rotary drilling for the full depths of boring. Supplies shall include all casing, piping, pumps, and power necessary to accomplish the required boring and sampling.

~

Cl

b)

z 0 ;:: "-

Q2 uen

Standard Penetration Test (SPT) shall be taken at maximum vertical intervals of 750 mm (2-1/2 ft) for the first 3 meters (10 ft) of depth, measured from ground surface and at maximum intervals of 1.5 meters (5 ft) thereafter, or as otherwise directed. If it becomes apparent that gravel or rock fragments are rendering SPT results meaningless, or if refusal is consistently encountered, SPTs shall be discontinued. In material other than gravels, refusal shall be defined as an SPT with less than 100 mm (4 inches) penetration per 50 blows. The samples shall be placed in air-tight plastic bags or other containers as soon as possible after they are taken from the hole in order that the natural moisture content of the material may be retained to the fullest extent.

'" Q

0 z

..,

-

M

Procedure

REVISIONS PR[PARm 'IV, DATE' CIIK'D IIY,

3) "Undisturbed" Soil Samples APPROVED

EIIV-E&DD ENG. SUI'PORT

The scope, apparatus, procedure, preparation for shipment, and report shall be in accordance with ASTM 01587, "Thin Walled Tube Sampling of Soils", except as modified herein.

DIV.

/JIt1 a)

CSM

Definition

2n!)-n9-2(,

An undisturbed sample is a thin-walled tube sample taken in accordance with ASTM 01587, using piston-type samplers. Nonpiston-type or opentube with ball check valve type samplers may be used only when authorized by the COMPANY and should be clearly indicated as such on all logs, records and reports.

OPERATING DEPARTMENT

b)

Equipment shall include samplers, power-driven core drilling machinery of an approved type or types, and accessories for procuring undisturbed soil samples. Drilling machinery shall be of the "hydraulic feed" type unless otherwise specified. Supplies shall include all casing, piping, pumps and power necessary to accomplish the required boring and sampling where used. Drill casing shall have an inside diameter such as to allow the taking of proper samples of the size directed by the COMPANY.

..., DATE,

Equipment and Supplies

'n!)-n9-",

c)

Procedure The thin wall sampler shall be forced down by a continuous push using the hydraulic feed. Driving of the sampler by means of a drop hammer will not be permitted. For tube samples containing medium stiff to very stiff clays, the ends shall be sealed in accordance with the requirements of ASTM 01587. For tube samples containing cohesionless soil or soft clay requiring special handling and testing, the ends of the sample tubes shall be cleaned

THIS DI{AWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTIWCTlON OR FOR ORI>ERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTlFIEI> AND I>ATEI>

ROLlNFP/CSM - 2012/09/26 GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONAND MATERIALTESTING .JOB ORI>ER

PLANT NOJ

INDEX

I DOCUMENT NO.

NO.

A SAUDI ARABIA

I APPENDIX. XVII

PAGENO. 8

OF 49

REV.

0

,.: 0< '" U

~L:~

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

~J~\

~y:;J\

Q

~ ., Q

out to a depth of 76 mm (3 inches) and a seal provided of micro-crystalline wax, such as Humble Oil Company Microven No, 1650, Gulf Petrowax A, or Socony Product 2300, 2305, or equal. A metal or metal and rubber "0" ring type expansion disc having a diameter slightly less than the diameter of the tube shall be inserted into the wax at 25 mm (1 inch) from the end of the soil sample, The wax plugs shall be flush with the ends of the tube and a final seal consisting of a metal/plastic cap and/or plastic adhesive tape shall be placed over the ends, Special sample containers will be accepted upon approval of the COMPANY.

'" '" u

z 0 f= "-

"u

'" '" Q d) 0 z

..,

Particular care shall be taken to indicate the relative positions and the tops and bottoms of samples, Tubes and crates for undisturbed samples shall be labeled "Do not Jar or Vibrate" and "Handle, haul and Ship in a Horizontal Position",

-

N

REVISIONS

PREPARED

~

IIV.

2Z-26

DAn;. CIIK'D

Loqqinq and Labelinq

e)

Disposition of Samples

IIV.

Every precaution shall be taken to avoid damage of samples as a result of careless handling and undue delay in shipping, Samples shall be shipped in wooden boxes made from 16 mm (5/8-inch), or heavier, lumber and with a capacity for holding up to six sample-containing tubes depending on shipping weight restrictions. The sample tubes shall be well packed in wood shavings, foam or other equal material to protect the samples against vibration. The CONTRACTOR shall avoid exposing sealed and crated samples to extremes of temperature. Samples permitted to freeze, even partially, shall be replaced by the CONTRACTOR at his expense. Undisturbed samples shall not remain on the site of sampling for more than one (1) week before being freighted for testing. Samples shall be hauled and freighted with the tube in a horizontal position in order to prevent consolidation and segregation of water content.

AI'I'IWVED

EHV-E&I)l) ENG.

SUPPORT

DIV.

ttlJ/ CSM 21112-09-26

Ol'mATING

DEPARTMENT

c.

1) Drive Samplers

CERTIFIED

"California" type drive samplers having segmented brass liners may be used for sampling cemented soil or stiff clays, provided that no significant disturbance of the natural materials occurs during sampling, including alteration of natural soil structure, density and/or shear strength. The sampler will be driven in accordance with ASTM 01586 equipment and procedures; and an appropriate correlation of blow count with "N" values obtained by SPT procedures will be provided by the CONTRACTOR. The individual segments of the liner will be removed from the outer split-tube after sampling, the natural materials exposed at the ends visually classified, and the liner segment capped, sealed and labeled. No attempt shall be made to eject the sample from the liner segment in the field. Disposition of samples will be done in accordance with the procedures specified below for Double Tube Barrel Samplers. Care, handling and delivery of samples will be done in accordance to the requirements of Clauses 3.E, 3,F and 2.03.G of this Technical Specification.

-1\ DAn:.

Samplinq of Cemented Soil, Stiff Clay and Soft Rock

""2-09-)(,

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRuCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS lINTlL CERTIFIED AND DATED

ROL/NFP/CSM- 2012/09/26 GEOTECHNICAL

INVESTIGATION

PLANT N°1 ,lOB ORDER

I

NO.

A SAUDI ARABIA

REV.

INDEX

AND MATERIAL TESTING

DOCUMENT NO.

I APPENDIX.XVII

NO.I

9

OF 49

l 0

" ::i

..L:~ ~J~\

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

u

A.s~\

Q

~ ~ Q

~ u

2) Double Tube Barrel Samplers shall be used for hard clays, cemented coarse grained soils, chalk and soft or weathered rock, which cannot be recovered intact by drive sampling or penetrated with thin-wall Shelby tube samplers. a) Definition

z 0 ;: ""

A Double Tube Barrel Sample shall be a sample recovered with either a Denison double tube core sampler or a Pitcher sampler having a protruding inner barrel or liner tube.

i:2 u V)

'" Q

b) Equipment and Supplies 0 z

"'

M

-

REVISIONS PREPARF,O RV, DATE, CIIK'D

RO

FP

2012-09-26

Sampling equipment will include either Denison or Pitcher samplers. Liners shall be of 29 gauge steel with inner lacquered surface or equal. The length of protrusion of the inner barrel or liner, and the type of bit used on the outer barrel shall be appropriate to the type of material being sampled and will be subject to approval by the COMPANY.

RV,

APPROVE!)

EIIV-E&[)D ENG. SUPPORT !)IV.

The maximum recovery of unpredictable soft rock or friable materials is the primary purpose for use of this type of sampling equipment. Accessory equipment and core drilling machinery will be as specified in subparagraph 3.D.3.a of this Technical Specification. c) Procedure

tUI/ CSM 20 12-0?-2(,

OPERATING

DEPART"I''''I

CERTIFIE!)

I!V'~ "ATE,

The sampling operation shall be advanced by continuous rotation of the outer cutting barrel in conjunction with the circulation of the drilling fluid. Down pressure on the hydraulic feed and drilling fluid flow should be adequate for continuous smooth penetration of the sampler without undercutting the protruding edge of the inner barrel. Blockages of circulation or sudden changes in speed of advancement of the sampler are sufficient cause to terminate the sampling core run to avoid possible loss or damage of the sample. The natural materials exposed in the ends of the inner tube shall be visually classified immediately following recovery of the sample. Samples, which appear to be suitable for laboratory testing shall be capped, sealed, labeled and treated as "Undisturbed Samples". Samples, which appear to be suitable only for laboratory classification tests may be ejected in the field and treated as "Soil Classification Samples".

'tIl2-0?-2(,

D. Rock Drillinq and Corinq 1) Overburden Drillinq and Stabilization

TIllS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED

Where sampling of the overburden is limited to recovery of soil classification samples, the CONTRACTOR may employ any method and equipment for drilling through the overburden that will permit rock and/or core drilling from the rock surface downward in accordance with these specifications. The overburden may be stabilized by use of casing or a mud slurry drilling fluid but, in either procedure, stabilization methods must be adequate to prevent caving of the overburden. ROL/NFP/CSM- 2012/09/26

GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION AND MATERIAL TESTING .JOB

ORDER

PLANT NOJ

INDEX

I DOCUMENT NO. I PAGENO.

NO.

A SAUDI ARABIA

I APPENDIX.

10 XVII

OF 49

REV.

0

,..:

~ u

s:-4~ ~..\~\ ~y1J\

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

Q

~ ~ Q '" :!: U

A Standard Penetration Test with less than 50 mm (2 inches) penetration with 50 blows shall be used to determine top of rock. 2) Rock Drillinq

z 0 1=

Where recovery of rock cores is not required, the COMPANY may require the CONTRACTOR to drill and log the condition of the rock. Where recovery of rock cores is required, the CONTRACTOR may elect to ream and clean the core hole to the bottom of the last core run prior to attempting the next core run. In either instance, the CONTRACTOR will be reimbursed for the depth of rock drilling measured from the top of rock (as defined in subparagraph 3.D.1 above) to the bottom of boring. Repeated reaming and/or cleaning within this depth will not be a separate pay item. Rock drilling may be done with a tricone bit, other rock bits, or with the core barrel.

0..

01 u 'J) ""

'"

0 z

'"

-

N

REVISIONS PREPARED RV, DAn:,

~

IWUN

3) Core Drillinq

'012-00-'6

CIIK'DRV,

Scope, equipment, procedure, and report shall be in accordance with ASTM D2113, "Diamond Core Drilling for Site Investigation", except as modified herein. All core drilling shall be performed with NW size barrels and bits or with larger sizes subject to the approval of the COMPANY. Coring shall not be performed in soft, friable rocks or cemented soils, which can be more suitably sampled with the equipment, methods and procedures described in subparagraph 3.C. Recovery of representative rock cores is the primary purpose for undertaking rock coring and, the CONTRACTOR will be paid only for the actual length of rock core recovered. Payment for core recovery shall be in addition to the payment for rock drilling within the same depth. Equipment and procedures shall be as described below, unless directed otherwise by the COMPANY.

AI'PROVED

EIIY-E&DD ENG. SUI'POIIT

DIY.

tdI/ CSM '012.0'.'6

OPERATING DEPARTMENT

a)

Equipment for core drilling shall include diamond core drilling machinery of a type or types approved by the COMPANY complete with all accessories for taking continuous rock cores of consolidated or semi consolidated material of a diameter consistent with bit size to the depths specified. Machines shall be equipped with hydraulic feed head. The use of screw or fixed speed feed heads will not be permitted. The core drilling equipment shall conform to NW core drilling equipment, equal or better than SpragueHenwood (Model 40CL). The core drilling machine shall be able to develop a bit speed of at least 1200 rpm and the hydraulic system shall be able to develop at least 2760 kPa (400 psi) down pressure. The drill rods (NW) shall be the same size as the core barrel (NW) and the drill head shall be able to swivel 360 degrees. Since the maximum recovery of unpredictable soft or friable rock is of prime importance, the CONTRACTOR shall use a standard ball-bearing, swivel-type, double-tube core barrel equipped with diamond set core bits and standard core lifters similar in construction and equal in performance to Sprague and Henwood "M" series or a wireline

CERTIFIED

R\~~ DATE,

Equipment and Supplies

21112.0'.'6

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED

ROLlNFP/CSM GEOTECHNICAL

- 2012/09/26 INVESTIGATION

INDEX

AND MATERIAL TESTING PLANT Nof

,lOB ORDER

NO.

A SAUDI ARABIA

REV. I

DOCUMENT NO.

NO,I

11

IAPPENDIX.XVII OF l 0 49

'" ~ u

~L:~

SAUDI ELECTRICITYCOMPANY

~J~\

~y.:;J1

Q

~ :!)

EHV-E&oD ENG. SUPPORT D'V.

(dI/ CSM 2012-09-26

OHRAT'NG

DEPA"TMENT

~

DATE,

"112-09-26

EXPLORATION - OPEN EXCAVATION AND SAMPLING METHODS

A. Test Pits and Samllil!Jg 1) Definition A test pit will be any excavation in soil, decomposed rock, or overburden, which has an open cross-section area large enough to permit efficient excavation, engineering inspection, and undisturbed sampling. Test pit excavations will not be continued below the water table. 2) Equipment and Supplies The equipment and supplies shall include suitable backhoes, picks, shovels, and sampling tools. Backhoes used for all test pitting shall be capable of digging pits to depths specified in the SERVICE ORDER. Supplies, which the CONTRACTOR shall furnish for obtaining undisturbed samples, shall include split metal cylinders complete with bolts and nuts for tightening, and/or bolted metal or wooden boxes of acceptable size and types. The minimum inside dimensions of tightened cylinders shall be 200 mm (8 inches) in diameter by 300 mm (12 inches) in length and the cubic boxes, shall have 250 mm (10 inches) dimensions. Accessories to be supplied by the CONTRACTOR shall include a small sample trimming shovel or spade, hatchet, trimming knife, paraffin and facilities for melting and brush application, trowels, labels, boxes for shipping samples, and lumber for shoring test pits. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish bags with ties and tags for containing disturbed samples. 3) Procedures a) Excavation Excavation shall conform to the requirements of the COMPANY Manual, Part 3, Section 1-307, "Excavation and Trenches".

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORoERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED

Safety

b) Undisturbed Samplinq In obtaining undisturbed samples from test pits, the undisturbed natural physical and structural characteristics of the samples of in-situ material shall be preserved insofar as possible both while samples are being taken and ROllNFP/CSM - 2012/09/26 PLANT N°1

.JOB ORDER

I

NO.

A SAUDI ARABIA

REV.

INDEX

GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONAND MATERIAL TESTING

DOCUMENT NO.

I APPENDIX.XVII

NO.I

18

OF 49

l 0

'"' 0: '" U

SAUDI

ELECTRICITY

~4~

COMPANY

~..\~\ ~y1J1

" ~ "'

"

during shipment to the point of testing. In cohesive and partially cohesive soils, this may be accomplished by isolating the soil column or cube to be sampled by gently trenching around it and knife-trimming it to the required dimensions of the split cylinder or box. A thin coating of melted paraffin shall then be applied quickly, but gently, to the sample with a paint brush, to seal it against loss of moisture. The metal or wooden sample container, with bolts tightened shall then be placed over the paraffin coated sample and all clearances between the sample and the walls of the container filled with melted paraffin. After the paraffin has hardened, the soil column or cube shall be cut-off a few inches below the container, the sample and container inverted and removed from the pit, and the sample trimmed at the base. A brush coating of paraffin shall then be applied to the exposed portion. Where overburden materials to be sampled are only partially cohesive, it is best not to isolate the soil column for its full length before paraffining and lowering the container. By exposing and paraffining small sections at a time, and progressively lowering the container, the sample will be subjected to less disturbance. Where natural moisture content is an important factor, delay shall be avoided in taking the sample, in order that the natural moisture content of the material may be retained to the fullest extent.

'" :t U

z 0

i= ..

Q: u '" '" Q

0 z

....

-

....

REVISIONS

I'RI:I'ARF,O lW,

Y !I'.0'.'"

()An:, CIIK'()ay,

AI'I'RUV!:()

c) Disturbed samplinq

ElIV.F,&1)1) ENG. SlII'I'OIn IHV.

Disturbed samples shall be taken from the side walls of the test pit. The size of the disturbed samples shall be adequate for the quantity of materials required for the types of laboratory tests outlined in the SERVICE ORDER. Sample containers may be cloth or burlap bags or, if moisture loss is to be minimized, heavy duty plastic bags. In any case, the strength of the bags must be sufficient to resist tearing or splitting during handling of the contained samples. All bags must contain an inside label and an outside tag showing pertinent information as required for Soil Classification Samples.

rW CSM

'012.0'.'"

OPERATING ()EI'ARTMENT

d) Disposition of Samples Cylindrical and box samples shall be packed in dry packing and freighted in sturdy wooden boxes of strength and construction sufficient to guarantee against damage during shipment. Boxes should be no larger than is required for freighting two such samples. Both box samples and boxed cylindrical

samples shall be marked "FRAGILE - HANDLE WITH CARE" and shall be DATE,

identified by labels, similar to those for Undisturbed Samples taken from borings, attached to inside and outside of each box. The CONTRACTOR shall avoid exposing sealed and crated samples to extremes of temperature. Undisturbed Samples permitted to freeze, even partially, shall be replaced by the CONTRACTOR at his expense. The CONTRACTOR shall not hold these samples at the site of exploration for a period in excess of one (1) week.

'012.0'.'

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USEI) FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORI)ERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIEI) ANI) I)ATED

B.

Test Trenches and SamQ!io.g 1) Definition

ROL/NFP/CSM- 2012/09/26 GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONAND MATERIAL TESTING

PLANT NOJ

INDEX

I DOCUMENT NO. I PAGENO. .IOB ORDER NO.

A SAUDI ARABIA

I APPENDIX. XVII

19 OF 49

l

0

,.: a: '" U

~L:~

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

~.)~\

A.sy1j\

0

~"' A test trench will be any excavation in soil, decomposed rock or overburden with a cross-section equal to the width of a bulldozer blade. Test trenches will not be continued below the water table.

0

'" :t U

2) Equipment and Supplies z 0 i= 0..

The equipment and supplies shall include suitable bulldozers, hand tools and sampling equipment. Test trenches, which are to be dug to refusal, shall be excavated using a bulldozer equivalent to a Caterpillar Model 0-9 rated at 385 HP off the flywheel with a dozer blade and a single tooth ripper. Supplies, which the CONTRACTOR shall furnish for obtaining undisturbed samples, shall be as listed in "Test Pits and Sampling".

;: U vo '"' Q

0 z

'"

-

N

3) Procedures

REVISIONS

a) Excavation shall conform to the requirements of the company Safety Manual, Part 3, Section 1-307, "Excavation and Trenches".

~AAO I ~

rRErAln:D 'n',

~

DATE' , CII DBY,

-- 2012-09-26

b) Sampling shall be as specified in "Test Pits and Sampling".

API'ROVED

C. Testing

EHV-E&I)I) ENG. SUPPORT DIV.

Testing of materials exposed by excavation shall be performed as directed by the COMPANY. Testing may include any of the WORK described in Section 2.07, Standards for In-Situ Field Testing and Instrumentation, subparagraphs A, S, C, H, K and L. The payment for such field testing shall be exclusive of payment for test pit and/or trenches, based on the established unit price for each test.

CJtI/ CSM 21112-09-26

OPERATING DEI'ARTMENT

2.05

EXPLORATION - CONE PENETRATION TEST METHODS The scope, definitions, apparatus, procedure, special techniques, precautions, precision, accuracy and report shall be in accordance with ASTM 03441, "Deep, Quasi - Static, Cone and Friction-Cone Penetration Tests of Soil". The equipment shall be capable of exerting 100 kg/cm2 pressure on a standard cone tip.

DATE,

""'-09-'"

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO IIF: USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDF:RING MATF:RIALS UNTIL CERTlFIF:D AND DATF:D

2.06 EXPLORATION - GEOPHYSICAL

METHODS

The scope, definitions, and procedures for geophysical explorations shall be in general accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations for the apparatus used by the CONTRACTOR for each type of test. The type of apparatus and auxiliary equipment, special techniques, precautions, precision, accuracy and report shall be subject to approval by the COMPANY and shall be in general accordance with the following requirements for each type of test. The type of apparatus and auxiliary equipment, special techniques, precautions, precision, accuracy and report shall be subject to approval by the COMPANY and shall be in general accordance with the following requirements for each type of test.

ROL/NFP/CSM- 2012/09/26 PLANTN°1 .lOB ORDER

NO.

I DOCUMENT NO.

A SAUDI ARABIA

REV.

INDEX

GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONAND MATERIAL TESTING

I APPENDIX.XVII

NO.I 20

OF 49

l 0

"f;3

~4~

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

u

~..I~I ~y1j\

Q

~ ~

'" Q

A. RefractionSeismic Testing

u'"

1) ~ment The apparatus used for refraction seismic testing shall be of the hammer-impact sensitive type similar to the Nimbus Enhancement Seismograph Model ES-125 or the Bison Model 1575 B, Automatic Signal Enhancement Seismograph. Accessory equipment shall include a Strip Chart Recorder, Vertical Geophone, Horizontal Geophone, as well as hammers, cables, switches, and other items required for the performance of a complete seismic refraction traverse having a length of at least 100 meters.

~ >= "-

c;: u '"

CJ) Q

0 z

..,

-

N

REVISIONS

P"EPARE!) HY, I~ !)AlT,

2012.09.26

CIIKII)HV,

AP"IH)Vt:I) EBV.F,&IJI) ENC. SIH'PORT

I)IV.

cdtI CSM 2012.09.26

2) Procedures Refraction surveys will be conducted in accordance with the procedures recommended for the equipment being used, and shall provide a precision and accuracy of data as required for evaluation of strata changes within a maximum depth of 30 meters. Hammer impact points, generally, should not be farther apart than 3 meters and the spacing should be reduced, where necessary, to accurately delineate changes in seismic velocity of subsurface materials. Elevation of ground surface shall be determined at each impact point relative to a bench mark elevation provided by the COMPANY's Survey Division or to the center of traverse at an assumed elevation of 100.000 meters. Double traverse (forward and reverse) shall be performed at each location to evaluate strata dip and subsurface irregularities. Right angle double traverses and/or radial traverses may be required as directed by the COMPANY. Seismic velocity at a given impact point shall be based on the cumulative average of "first arrival" wave time for three or more hammer blows.

OPERATING !)EPARTMENT

3) Records

!)ATE,

2012.09.26

When a clear wave pattern is developed for "first arrival" wave time, the time shall be recorded in the field notes for the traverse. When the "first arrival" is questionable, the wave pattern shall be reproduced on the Strip Chart Recorder. Field notes and computations shall be recorded on forms described in the following subparagraph 6.A.4. Records and copies shall be provided to the COMPANY as required therein. If voluminous, The records may be presented in a separate volume of the final report. 4) Analvsis and reports

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED

Analysis of field data shall generally conform to the procedures and techniques described in "The Handbook of Engineering Geophysics", Bison Instruments, Inc., Minneapolis, Minnesota, USA. When field data is voluminous, the computer program for analysis of the multiple-dipping-Iayer structure described in Chapter 12 of the Handbook, may be used. Reports shall include timedistance plots showing average arrival time from each impact point, "best fit" velocity and depth for each stratum, dip and top of rock irregularities. Where possible, evaluation of subsurface materials should be correlated with ROLlNFP/CSM - 2012/09/26 GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONANDMATERIAL TESTING

.lOB ORDEI~

PLANT NOJ

INDEX

I DOCUMENT NO.

NO.

A SAUDI ARABIA

I APPENDIX. XVII

PAGENO.

21

OF 49

REV.

0

"''""

~L:~

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

u

~J~I

~~\

Q

~ -<

subsurface conditions encountered outcrops or man-made excavations.

Q

'<

u

B. z 0 ;:: ";;: u '"

in test borings or exposed

in natural

Cross-Hole Seismic Testing 1) Obiective and Principle This test shall be used to determine compression (P) and shear (S) wave velocities through subsurface materials at various depths for estimation of physical characteristics and engineering parameters of the materials.

"" Q

0 z

M

-

N

REVISIONS

P"EPARED

~

BV,

The principle consists of recording the time it takes for a particular type of sonic wave to travel a known distance between the impulse originating in one borehole and the signal receiving device, geophone, in another borehole. The signal received by geophone is amplified, displayed and enhanced by a remote seismograph on the ground surface.

2012-09-26

DATE'

2) ~ment

BV,

Cllk"t)

AI'PROVED

EHV-E&DD ENC. SUPpORT "IV.

(iJ/

The apparatus used for cross-hole seismic testing shall be of the hammer impact sensitive type similar to the signal enhancement seismograph OYO MSBIS-150. Accessory equipment shall include a Strip Chart Recorder, Vertical Geophone, hammer, cables, switches and other items required for the performance of cross-hole seismic testing.

CSM

3) Procedures

2012-09-26

OPERATING DEPARTMENT

At present, there is no ASTM or other Industry Standard available for this test. Until such a Standard becomes available, the following test procedure shall generally be followed: a) The receiver hole shall be drilled, sampled and cased to the maximum desired depth of the cross-hole test. b) The impulse hole shall be drilled a distance of three to five meters away to about 1.5 meters depth. The drill rod shall then be detached from the rig and a steel anvil shall be screwed on the rod.

CElnlFIED

OAT'"

2012-09-26

THIS "RAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED

c) The rod shall be struck with a sledge hammer, creating an impulse that travels down the rod and into the soil, and also initiating the time base in the seismograph. d) The impulse shall be detected by a geophone, placed at the same depth as the end of the rod in the receiver hole, and relayed in electronic signal to the seismograph. e) The seismograph shall display the wave pattern sensed by the geophone on its cathode ray tube screen.

ROllNFP/CSM - 2012/09/26 GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONAND MATERIAL TESTING .IOB ORDER

I

NO.

A SAUDI ARABIA

REV.

INDEX PLANT N°1

DOCUMENT NO.

I APPENDIX.XVII

NO.I

22

OF 49

l 0

,.: ~ u

s:.4.J+S..U~..I~\

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

" t~ "

"u

~y13\

f) This pattern shall be shown to the scale of a preselected time base such that the time from the original impulse to the time of the impulse arrival for various waves can be measured, g) Knowing the travel time and travel distance, the wave velocities at that particular depth shall be computed,

z 0

i= i:2 u en "-

h) The drill rod shall be advanced to a greater depth and the above procedure repeated,

'" Q

4) Records

0 z

'"

When a clear pattern is developed for the first arrival time of the various waves, the time shall be recorded in the field notes, When the first arrival times are questionable, the wave pattern shall be reproduced on the Strip Chart Recorder, Records and copies shall be provided to the COMPANY,

-

N

REVISIONS

PREPARED

'IV,

K

1>An;, CHK'n

5) Analyses and Reports

012-0'-'"

BY,

Field data shall be analyzed to determine compression (P) and shear (S) wave velocities and estimate there from the physical and engineering characteristics of the materials, Reports shall include time-distance plots showing average arrival time for the two waves from each impact point, best fit velocities and depth for each test. Where possible, evaluation of subsurface materials should be correlated with subsurface conditions encountered in test borings or exposed in natural outcrops or man-made excavations,

APPROVED

EIW-E&DD ENG. SUI'I'ORT

DlV.

(1Lt/ CSM

'012-0'-'"

c. OPERATING

Electrical Resistivity The apparatus and accessory equipment used for evaluation of subsurface conditions, based on the apparent electrical Resistivity, shall be comparable to the Soil Test R-40C Resistivity Meter with a sensitivity adequate for evaluation of materials to a depth of 30 meters, The scope, definitions, procedure, special techniques and precautions, report and precision and accuracy shall be in accordance with ASTM G-57, "Field Measurement of Soil Resistivity Using the Wenner Four-Electrode Method", Analysis of field data shall generally conform to the procedures and techniques described in "Earth Resistivity Manual", Soil Test, Inc" Evanston, Illinois, U,S,A., and the results shall be presented as described therein,

D£PAlnMENT

CERTIFIED

BY'~~~ DATE, '0'H'-'"

2.07

STANDARDS FOR IN-SITU FIELD TESTING AND INSTRUMENTATION A.

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO B~: USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDICRING MA TERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED

Dry Unit Weiqht and Moisture Content In accordance with any of the standard test procedures described in: 1) ASTM 01556 Density of Soil In-Place by the Sand-Cone Method 2) ASTM 02167

Density Method

of Soil

In-Place

by the

Rubber-Balloon

ROL/NFP/CSM - 2012/09/26 PLANT N°1

I

JOB ORDER NO.

A SAUDI ARABIA

REV.

INDEX

GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONAND MATERIAL TESTING

DOCUMENT NO,

NO,I

23

IAPPENDIX.XVII OF l 0 49

;.: " '" u

s:.4~~..\~\

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

~~I

Q

~ ." Q

~ u

3) ASTM 02922

Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)

4) ASTM 02937

Density of Soil In-Place by the Drive-Cylinder Method

In-Place

by

The method used shall be clearly indicated for each test result presented in the final report.

z 0 1=

'"

'" u '"

B. Moisture Content Direct

'" Q

In accordance with ASTM D3017, "Moisture Content of Soil and Soil Aggregate InPlace by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)". 0 z

....

-

M

C.

REVISIONS

'IV,

"RE"ARED

CIIKJI'>

In Accordance with ASTM 01194, "Bearing Capacity of Soil for Static Load on Spread Footings", except that dial gages accurate to 0.025 mm (0.001 inch) shall be used to measure deflections. The Unit Rate for this item shall include mobilization/demobilization charges.

~ '"12-(1'-'"

OAn:,

Plate Bearinq Tests

RY,

D.

Full Scale Spread Footinq Load Tests

APPROYED

EHY-E&IJI) ENG. SUI'I'OIIT

DIY.

CIJI/ CSM '(112-(1'-".

OPERATING

In general accordance with ASTM 01194. For each specific case, the CONTRACTOR shall submit to the COMPANY the test set up, the equipment to be used, the step by step procedure and the final report format. Tests will not be started until these documents are reviewed and approved by the COMPANY. Testing equipment shall be capable of exerting maximum test load up to 2700 kN (=300 tons). Mobilization/Demobilization for this item shall be paid as a separate pay item.

DEPARTM':"'''

E. Pile Load Test Mobilization/Demobilization item: 1)

k_07L R~~~

for the following tests shall be paid as a separate pay

Compression Load Test In accordance with ASTM 01143, "Piles under Axial Compressive Load", except that the ASTM 01143 (Figure 1) loading method of jacking against hold-down piles shall not be used where dead-load reaction is feasible- The equipment shall be capable of applying a maximum test load of up to 1800 kN (=200 tons).

DATE,'(112-(1'-".

2)

Tension Load Test In accordance with ASTM 03689, "Individual Piles Under Static Axial Tensile Load". The equipment shall be capable of applying a maximum test load of up to 900 kN (=100 tons)-

THIS DRAWING

IS NOT TO BE USEIJ FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORIJERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTlFIEIJ ANIJ IJA TEIJ

3)

Lateral Load Test

ROL/NFP/CSM - 2012/09/26 GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONAND MATERIAL TESTING

PLANT NOJ

INDEX I DOCUMENT NO.

.JOB ORDER NO.

A SAUDI ARABIA

I APPENDIX. XVII

PAGENO.

24

OF 49

REV.

0

..: '" '" u

~4~

SAUDI ELECTRICITYCOMPANY

~..I~I ~y:J1

Q

:: "' Q

In accordance with ASTM D3966, "Piles Under Lateral Loads". The equipment shall be capable of applying maximum test load of up to 900 kN (=100 tons).

~ v

4) z 0 1= ... C2 U

This test will generally be applicable where the stub angle is embedded vertical. In the absence of a directly performed in general accordance hereafter.

'" Q

0 z

Inclined Tension Load Test

..,

The testing assembly shall be capable of applying a maximum tensile load of 1100 kN (=125 tons) in a direction axial to the stub angle at a tower footing. The test loads shall be transmitted to the ground through the test frame resting on leveling pads on the ground.

-

N

REVISIONS PREl'ARmBV, DATE,

to foundations of transmission line towers in foundation concrete at an angle to the related ASTM Standard, the test shall be with ASTM D3689, except as modified

I~

Horizontal and vertical movements shall be measured during the test at a minimum of three locations on the footing. The movement of the stub angle shall be measured at two locations. The dial gages for measuring movements shall be either 0.076 mm (0.003) in.) per division or 0.025 mm (0.001 in.) per division, as necessary for accurate assessment of movement. Electronic load cells shall be used to measure the applied load by the jacks. These cells shall be accurate to about 890 N (200 Ibs.), and shall be calibrated before and after the tests are performed.

2012-09-26

C,,)t'"DBV,

APPROVI:I)

EHV.E&DD ENC. SUPPORT DIV.

tL/Y' CSM

Loads shall be applied in maximum increments of 45 kN (=5 tons). Each load shall be held for a minimum of about 15 minutes, or until the movement rate becomes less than 0.254 mm (0.01 in.) per hour. Load shall be raised to design load and held for at least 6 hours. Unloading shall be done in three equal decrements. Each decrement shall be held until the rate of movement is less than 0.254 mm (0.01 in.) per hour. Readings during loading and unloading shall be taken at time intervals of 30 seconds, 1, 2, 4, 8, 15, 30 minutes and one hour as necessary. The final readings after unloading shall be taken immediately and 2 hours after all the load has been removed. The above procedure shall be repeated by reloading the foundation to failure or to a maximum specified test load and then unloading in three decrements.

2012-09-26

OPERATING DEI'ARTMENT

DATE,

The report shall present load-movement curve for each test together with the estimated failure load. The observed mode of failure shall also be described.

'012-09-26

F. THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USEI> FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORI>ERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED ANI) I>ATEI>

Ground Water Observations and Permeability Tests 1)

Piezometer Installation and Observation Will be directed primarily towards possible seasonal variations thereof, observation wells. The Piezometers perforated PVC pipe, plastic filter

evaluation of "static" water levels and as recorded by water levels measured in shall be of the stand pipe type, utilizing screens and selected backfill materials

ROLlNFP/CSM - 2012/09/26 GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONAND MATERIAL TESTING .1011 ORDER

PLANT NOJ

INDEX I DOCUMENT NO. I PAGENO.

NO.

A SAUDI ARABIA

I APPENDIX - XVII

25

OF 49

REV.

0

,..:

5u

~~~

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

~J~\

~,y1j\

Q

~ ~

installed in drilled holes as shown on Plates 11-3and 11-4.The installation and observation shall be in accordance with Chapter 1.10, Ground Water Investigation, "Foundation Engineering Handbook", Winterhorn and Fang, Van Nostrand Reinhold Co. 1975. Piezometers may be installed in test borings, subject to the approval of the COMPANY, or in special holes drilled for installation of Piezometers. In either case, drilling of the hole will be a separate pay item or items.

Q

'"

u

z c 1= "-

;;: U en

'"' Q

0z

'"

-

M

REVISIONS

PRF.PARF.D

y

IIV,

DATr" ('IIKIt>

21112-119-2"

IIV,

APPROVED

EHV-E&IH) ENG, SUPPORT

()IV,

w CSM 21112-119.2.

OPF.RATING

DF.PARTMF.NT

CERTIFIED

))

'Hn:,

""'-"9-'"

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED

ROL/NFP/CSM - 2012/09/26 PLANT N°1 .lOB ORDER

I

NO,

A SAUDI ARABIA

REV.

INDEX

GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONAND MATERIAL TESTING

DOCUMENT NO.

IAPPENDIX.XVII

NO.!

26

OF 49

l 0

;.: '" v"'

~4~

SAUDI ELECTRICITYCOMPANY

~j,y...J\~y.!iJ\

Q

~

THREAD,[QiST[[LCAP'~iITH

Q

'"

G

-",'

"',

~' //

I.li

/"""'"

l~

~l~

~4:0~i\IPi E'i"j HeFL-H' EL't'jo1,;r., M!~h

'

'

z

~

0.

"' Q ~,~

~IC."..

0 z REVISIONS

''

r

r ",,1 'E",

,

,,

'li

,

,

.

',' "

'IT

,

m~ tAJi,

1N

B;LtlCKiPtI]}H

~

C2 U U)

,

,

HOLErtn.lrM~TE[J.

"'t'

0 1=

,

! Ln,,-,,,,r.,

'I D i\'.T 3 TE ! ," ~u , HITE

"

,, ,

Vi!'!1..I

'

' ",i~i11 r.":,'i,~ '~ ,,...,4.,,*, ' J'r(~T~Jil I",.."".J!..H, ',

,,,' i'

DU)

'

I

r

t..,!~~

"

,,'''-'

,"

GROUrliD

O ,

"~'-''''-'-''

GA'OI.H

,~ ~'

STEEL Ct!SD~4:G H00mm 1.0. ~m~.~ TEMPEt! UJE~H)t,;n:TE PELLETS

4

:2

~('I

A"PROVED

I. pi~;CPlfiE SHALL HAi.lE A ~tIN.1.0. iQF(~jFfIf'fl. . N, -t:: H,! LL n r~~ F P',""'~!f' 'if..,.~.."t. ELL Sf~r E-, [H"' ,_. p,,,,..rcTTCiY E~; "',"" "

$

EHV.E&DD ENc. SUPPORT !)IV,

BE. Pt UlG.GEO.

~

dIU

"

Q

f.>:':'1

LL~

CSM

3. ONE 31f'iffiJ "ErH H()LE. SHpl L 'BE ,(lR]LLE~) It~ THE CAS]Ni~ 15.mJmBELf'~ THE BOTHUA {jIF 1HE t~P.

Q

Q~ L.1J':::t

2012.11'-26

OI'ERATlNG

'

DEPARTMENT

_,

,

~~

if.. PROTEC111~'E PIPE, LOCt~. AtitiGROlllT REOmAEOFOR!\LL U'i1$TALLA110~~$ '-i :' ''' 7' ~ t'ti.Iil" ";';' ][qj~VI lE(. .. .;.;;:-.~. . TE~i!~f E r'.,.",. IE I,}!,,"",...,} E~"'"'r -Ef\!r. 1 TH,n"',~ '1IIf",,,,I1.H'.I

Q-;; L.1J

'

tI:1l:;

'

.

q:qJ

. .

.

P]PEf~Srnrn].I}.

MINJ.J

PEA GiRA\'"EL tS~4ALL[S-T CI)NsmUENT MUST~E NOSMALLE~THANwELL SCREE.~5t O'TOF MESH;'

,:.\tt DATE,

.

- Mll Lli.4ETERS

mm

.

.' ..

..

- iktETErtS

5. .~

"112.0,.2(,

.

.

~

,

~.

Pv'C ¥tELL SC~:EEN THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR OImERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTlFlF.n ANn nATF.n

'1' ii

TI\j,t"!l

if -

L

MAY BE AL THI£D;

"' ";'

I E VF 'L.'u\"E. THT1'! !'l.l'!J 'u';",~>: illir T :!.L

JiL.\T-fl

"'r'!i!:I

r;'

FCtR SITE C;O~m.ITIa{rfS '

rr':JIE ;L..!..' 1n~1 J',\ ETE I :' \-t;, "". '

PLA TE l[ -3. ROLlNFP/CSM GEOTECHNICAL .JOB ORDER

.

;~ .

.

NG L E ').' ET. .H..IL - '~ D ,,J I., '''''' n'~ .

. .

.

Ir J(.T 8 L L lj Tl f) ~' "~

. ';j,

.:

i"'1

""I"~ .

- 2012/09/26 INVESTIGATION

AND MATERIAL TESTING

NO.

PLANTN°i

I DOGUMENTNO.

NOJ 27

A SAUDI ARABIA

REV.

INDEX

I APPENDIX- XVII

OF 49

l 0

" ::;

~4~

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

u

~J~\

~y1J1

0

~ ~

0 :. :z: u

'>;; t:s. -.

M !'!J

rc, TE it:. J

L

'~ .C:-EE '!:j1' R TE

II-~.,J

z 0 1= 02 uJ

PEA G~MJELt AS AEH)vE

THIS DI\AWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED

PVC

WEll SCREEN

PLATE 11-4 PIEZOMETER DETAil - MULTIPLEINSTALLATIONS ROUNFP/CSM GEOTECHNICAL

- 2012/09/26 INVESTIGATION

PLANTN°1 JOB ORDER NO.

I DOCUMENT NO.

A SAUDI ARABIA

REV.

INDEX

AND MATERIAL TESTING

I APPENDIX - XVII

NO.I 28

OF 49

l 0

,.: '" '" "

~l.:a~ ~J~I

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

4..s~\

~ .,

'" '" '" "

2) Permeabilitv TestinQ Shall be limited to falling-head type testing conducted in suitably cased bore holes, or in standpipes or Piezometers contained in adequately backfilled bore holes. General procedures shall be in accordance with the reference cited in subparagraph (1), preceding.

z 0

1= "Q1

u '"

G. Electrical Resistivity

'" Q

0 z

..,

Where definitive values of electrical resistivity of subsurface materials are required for analysis of grounding problems for COMPANY structures, the field tests will be conducted in accordance with ASTM G57, Rev. A, "Field Measurement of Soil Resistivity Using the Wenner Four Electrode Method", as also required in Section 2.06.C for geophysical exploration.

-

M

REVISIONS

I'REI'ARED IIV,

nAn:,

~

H. Thermal Resistivity

'"12-"9-2(, v

In accordance with IEEE* 442, "Soil Thermal Resistivity Measurements", an outline of the procedure is described herein: Insert the probe into a soil mass and allow the probe to come into thermal equilibrium with the soil. An electrical current is then passed through the heating element causing temperature rises in the interior of the probe. A thermocouple inside the probe measures the heat rise and readings are taken at intervals measured by a stopwatch. The time temperature data reduction is done then by graphical means. More sophisticated data reduction procedures may be adopted by the CONTRACTOR upon COMPANY's approval. Supplementary soil data (e.g., in-situ soil density and moisture content) shall be obtained as directed by the COMPANY.

CIIK>!\BY,

AI'I'ROYEI>

EHY-E&I!I! ENG. SUPPORT my.

(dtI CSM

'"12-""-'6

I.

OI'ERATI~G nEI'ARTMENT

Field Vane Shear Test Vane Shear Test shall be in accordance with ASTM 02573, "Method for Field Vane Shear Test in Cohesive Soils",

J. '

nATE,

1111?!19-'6

"

Pressuremeter Test Pressuremeter testing shall be in accordance with ASTM 04719, "Standard Test Method for Pressuremeter Testing in Soils".

K. Percolation Test In accordance with the ARAMCO Sanitary Code, Section IX-B, 9.18.4.

L. Other Considerations TillS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED

Certain other Standards, which shall be observed in the performance of field WORK but do not represent separate pay items include: 1) General Field Procedures Sampling

-

in accordance with ASTM 0420, "Investigating and

Soil and Rock for Engineering

Purposes".

ROL/NFP/CSM- 2012/09/26 GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONAND MATERIAL TESTING .1011 ORJ)ER

PLANTNOJ

INDEX

I DOCUMENT NO.

NO.

A SAUDI ARABIA

I APPENDIX.

PAGENO. 29

XVII

OF 49

REV.

0

;-: ~ u

~4~

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

~J~\

~y1!1

Q

~"' Q :.

2) Visual Classification of Soil - field evaluation of soil classification based on ASTM D2487, "Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes", and ASTM D2488, "Descriptions of Soils (Visual-Manual Procedures), or ASTM D3282, "Classification of Soil and Soil-Aggregate Mixtures for Highway Construction Purposes", as directed by the COMPANY.

u

z 0 1= 0. 2 u'" '" Q

2.08

0z

..,

-

N

REVISIONS

"«EI'AREJ) '''' U--! "ATI;, Cllt(."

2012-tt9-2('

BY,

APPROYEJ)

[IIV-E&"" ENG- SUppORT

FIELD RECORDS The CONTRACTOR shall keep accurate subsurface logs and records of all field work accomplished under this CONTRACT and shall deliver complete, legible copies of these logs and records to the COMPANY upon completion of the WORK or at such other time or times as he may be directed. All such records shall be preserved in good condition and order by the CONTRACTOR until they are delivered and accepted. The COMPANY shall have the right to examine such records at any time prior to their delivery. Separate logs shall be made for each hole and test pit. The following information shall be included on the logs or in the records for each hole: A.

Hole number or designation and elevation of top hole

B.

Make and manufacturer's model designation of test-pit and trench excavation, drilling, and cone testing equipment

IJIV.

C. Type of drilling, sampling, and cone testing operation by depth

ciJt/ CSM

D.

Dates and time by depths when test-pit and trench excavation, drilling, sampling and cone testing operations were performed

E.

Depths at which samples or cores were recovered or attempts made to sample or core including top and bottom depth of each run.

2ttl2-tt')-2('

OI'ERATlNG "EP,\RTMENT

F. Classification

or description by depths of the materials sampled, cored, or penetrated including a description of moisture conditions and of conditions of compactness or stiffness of materials encountered. This classification or description shall be made immediately following the taking of the samples or cores and in accordance with ASTM D2487 and ASTM D2488.

"ATE,

G.

Penetration and resistance such as drive-hammer blows given in blows per foot or part thereof for driving sample spoons and casing and as the pressure in pounds per square inch applied to push undisturbed samples

H.

Percentage of sample or core recovered per run and RQD value expressed as a percentage

I.

Depth at which ground water is encountered. Record Static Water Level and date at least 24 hours after the hole is finished

J.

Depths at which drill water is lost and amounts. Depth and distance of drill rod drops

2012-09-'

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USEI> FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED

ROL/NFP/CSM- 2012/09/26

GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION AND MATERIAL TESTING

PLANTNOJ

INDEX

I DOCUMENT NO. I PAGENO.

JOB ORDER NO.

A SAUDI ARABIA

I APPENDIX. XVII

30

OF 49

REV.

0

'"'

'"

... u

~4~

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

~..I~\ ~y1J\

Q

~ -<

Q :.

K. Depth of bottom of hole

z 0 1= ~

Additionally, records of test data for all field testing shall be provided in accordance with the Standards specified in Section 2.07. The CONTRACTOR will provide sample copies of standard forms for each test to the COMPANY for review and approval prior to performance of tests. The presence of a COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE or the keeping of separate records by the COMPANY shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of the responsibility for the WORK specified in this paragraph. Payment will not be made for any WORK for which the required records have not been furnished by the CONTRACTOR.

'" u

C2

u'" '"

Q

0 z

-

...

..,

REVISIONS

~

PREPAR£D'IV,

I)An;,A C"~Y'

2012-09-21> 17

APPROYt:I>

EHV-E&I)I) ENG. SU,','ORT

DlV.

att/ CSM 2012-09-21>

OPERATING "EPART"ENT

~

"ATE,

10'2-119-'

2.09

LABORATORY TESTING All samples received in the laboratory shall be inspected and visually classified by an engineer or geologist. The condition of the samples shall be recorded and representative samples suitable for testing shall be selected and stored in a manner that will protect the samples from fluctuations in temperature or low humidity. Regardless of the basic purpose or type of test (classification, strength, volume change), it is not intended that all samples be subjected to testing. Testing should be limited to samples representative of significant subsurface conditions; and, the numbers and types of test should be limited to those which will contribute to the geotechnical evaluation of subsurface conditions for the specific PROJECT. Payment will not be made for any laboratory testing that represents needless duplication of test data or that is not related to significant tangible geotechnical considerations or that is not specifically identified in the approved SERVICE ORDER.

2.10 STANDARDS FOR LABORATORY TESTING Where relevant Standards are applicable, the laboratory WORK shall be conducted in accordance with the procedures of the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) or in accordance to such other procedures and Standards delineated or referenced herein. Where relevant standards are not necessarily applicable, guide Standards are provided. Reference to a specific standard does not necessarily represent a pay item unless so indicated. Standards included in another test procedure or which are required for the general operation of the laboratory (e.g. ASTM D421, "Dry preparation of Soil Samples for Particles Size Analysis and Determination of Soil Constants") are not considered to be separate pay items. Standards for laboratory testing are as follows:

A. Visual Classification THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOI~ ORDERING MATRRIALS UNTIL CERTlFIRD AND DATRI)

Evaluation and classification of soil samples according to the criteria provided in ASTM D2487, "Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes" and ASTM D2488, "Description of Soils (Visual-Manual Procedures)" or, if directed by the COMPANY, ASTM D3282, "Classification of Soils and Soil-Aggregate Mixtures for Highway Construction Purposes", without benefit of supporting laboratory classification test data; and, evaluation and classification of rock samples by ROL/NFP/CSM- 2012/09/26 GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONAND MATERIAL TESTING

.lOB ORDER

PLANT NOJ

INDEX I DOCUMENT NO.

NO.

A SAUDI ARABIA

I APPENDIX

-XVII

PAGENO. 31

OF 49

REV.

0

;-: r;: u

~4~

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

A..:..I~IA..s~\

Q

~ ~

Q

'"

composition, structure and hardness according to the criteria described in Section Ill: Guidelines for Preparation of Final Logs. Visual classification is not a separate pay item.

:t: U

B. ClassificationTesting 2: 0 f=

002 u'" '" Q

0 2:

'"

N

Identification of soil types based on laboratory testing shall not be separate pay item. The cost shall be included in the costs of the various tests required for identification based on the criteria of ASTM' 02487 or ASTM 03283. Tests shall be assigned by the CONTRACTOR only after review of field data and visual classification of samples recovered. Sufficient tests shall be performed to confirm or modify visual classifications. Excessive testing, where definite visual classification is possible, shall be avoided. Testing shall be done primarily on materials, which are borderline and are difficult to classify. A soils sample would be ML-CL or SP-SM. Classification tests shall include:

-

REVISIONS PRE"ARED BY'

~

.~

-rJ~ 1)

DATE' ." 'D lW, Cl

Particle -Size Analysis/Mechanical

- 2912.99.2(,

In accordance with ASTM 0422, "Particle-Size Analysis of Soils", but not including hydrometer analysis

APPROYED

EHV-E&DD ':NG. SUPPORT DIV.

2)

w

Particle-Size Analvsis/Hvdrometer In accordance with ASTM 0422, "Particle-Size Analysis of Soils", plus determination of specific gravity but not including sieve analysis

CSM 2912.99.2(,

3)

In accordance with ASTM 01140

OPERATING nE"ARTMENT

4)

Plasticity Determination of the Plasticity Index based on the results of tests performed in accordance with ASTM 04318, "Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils"

CE'

Relations of Soils and Soiland 18 in. (457 mm) Drop", be re-used for successive COMPANY.

2) Maximum and Minimum Densities

Q

0 2:

..,

In accordance with ASTM 04253, "Maximum Index Density of Soils Using a Vibratory Table", and ASTM 04254, "Minimum Index Density of Soils and Calculation of Relative Density". These test methods are applicable to soils that may contain up to 15%, by weight, of soil particles passing a No. 200 sieve, provided they still have cohesion less, free draining characteristics.

-

M

REVISIONS PREPARED BY,

DAn:,

.L~

3) California Bearinq Ratio (CBR)

~-

In accordance with ASTM 01883, "Bearing Ratio of Laboratory Compacted Soils", and sample compaction performed as specified in subparagraph (1), Modified Compaction, above, except that compaction energy will be varied as directed by the COMPANY. Determination of maximum density and optimum moisture by modified compaction is included and will not be paid as a separate item. Pay items will include CBR 3-point, unsoaked and CBR 3-point, soaked (4 days surcharged, with swell measurements taken daily).

CII~Y' '(, APPROVE!>

F.IIV-E&DD ENG. SUI'POHT I>IV.

tll// CSM

F. Chemical Analysis

'0" "

OPERATING

Chemical tests shall be performed for water soluble salts as a percent by weight of dried sample at 105°C to include sodium, potassium, sulfate, chloride ions and sodium chloride.

nEPARTMENT

G. Other Testing Other laboratory testing than that described above will be required for materials quality control. Such tests are included in Schedule ~ with appropriate ASTM or other Standard designation.

!)An,

~l-.9-26

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED

2.11

LABORATORY TEST RECORDS All laboratory measurements and observations made for each test shall be recorded in a near, legible manner or forms appropriate to the test being performed. Forms used for this purpose are subject to the approval of the COMPANY. Copies of test data will be provided to the COMPANY upon request. Original test data will be preserved for a period of three years after submitting the test results to the COMPANY or for a lesser period if authorized by the COMPANY to destroy the data earlier.

*** END OF SECTION ROLlNFP/CSM GEOTECHNICAL

-

11

***

- 2012/09/26 INVESTIGATION

AND MATERIAL TESTING

PLANTNOJ

INDEX

.JOB ORDER NO.

A SAUDI ARABIA

I DOCUMENT NO. I PAGENO.

I APPENDIX-XVII

35

OF 49

REV.

0

'"' '" '" u

~4~

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

~J~\

~~\

co ~ «

SECTION111-GUIDELINES FOR PREPARATION OF FINAL LOGS

co

'" '" u

3.01 GENERAL

z 0 f= 0..

;: U '"

'" Q

0 z

..,

-

....

REVISIONS

,'RI:I'ARED '''' I>An,

~ 2C1I2.09.".

C""~I!V,

Final logs shall be prepared using information and pertinent results from field logs and results of laboratory and/or field tests including Standard Penetration Test values. Overburden materials shall be classified according to ASTM 02487, "Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes"; and, ASTM 02488, "Description of Soils (Visual-Manual Procedures)", for all investigations other than those, which are primarily intended for evaluation of subgrade soils for pavement design. Soil designations and Group Symbols shall be used on all logs, conforming to the Unified Soil Classification as outlined on Table 111-1,attached. Rock classification shall be based on standard geologic terminology with applicable descriptive adjectives or numbers as shown on Table 111-2,attached. Subgrade soils will be classified in accordance with ASTM 03282, "Classification of Soils and Soil Aggregate Mixtures for Highway Construction Purposes". Elevation and depths shall be shown for any change of material, weathering, top of rock and bottom of hole. Other pertinent information will be provided on the logs as described in the following paragraphs.

APPROV[O EHV.F.&I>I> ENC.

SUppORT

I>IV.

M/ CSM 20!Z.09.26

OPI:RATING OI:PARTMI:NT

!>An,

211'1-09.'

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOI~ CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED ANI) I)ATEI)

ROUNFP/CSM - 2012/09/26 GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONAND MATERIAL TESTING .IOB ORDER

PLANT NOJ

INDEX

I DOCUMENT NO.

NO.

PAGENO.

REV.

36

A SAUDI ARABIA

I APPENDIX.

XVII

OF 49

0

,.: ~

s:.4~ ~..I~\ ~y1J1

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

u

Q

~ .., Q '"

Unified Soil Classification System

"u Primary Divisions for Field and

Group

Laboratorv Identification

Svmbol

sieve is larger

smaller than No. 200 sieve

than No. 200

size about

size.)

Coarse-grained soils (More than half of material finer than 3. inch

z 0 f= .. Q; u '" '" Q

Clean Gravels. (Less than 5% of material

Gravel. (More than half of the coarse fraction is larger than No 4 sieve

GW

Typical Names

Welt graded gravels. gravel-sand mixtures. little or no fine.

Laboratory Classification

Supplementary Criteria

Criteria

for Visual Identification Wide range in grain size

C" = 00010"

and substantial amount of alt intermediate

greater than 4

particle size. C, = .moor 0'0 x 060 between 1 and 3 GP

Poorly graded gravels. gravel.sand mixtures. little or no fines.

0 z

Gravels with . do.

. do.

GM

Silly gravels.

fines. (More

and gravel.sand.

than 12%of

silt mixtures.

21112.119.2

a range of sizes with some intermediate sizes Atterberg limits below "A" line, or PI less than 4

material smalter than No. 200 sieve

APPROVt:l)

EHY.E&IW ENG. sUPPOIn

-do-

21112.119.2

OPERATING

GC

DEPARTMENT

Sands (More than half of the coarse fraction is smalter than

Clean sands (Less than 5%

mixtures.

SW

No. 4 sieve size)

size)

Atterberg limits above "A" line. and PI greater than 7

Atterberg limits above "A" line with PI between 4 & 7 is border.

Nonplastic fines or fines of low plasticity.

line case

Plastic fines

GM.GC

C" = 00010"

Welt graded sands.

Wide range in grain sizes and substantial

gravelty sands,

of material smalter than No. 200 sieve

Clayey gravels, and gravel-sand-clay

size.)'

DIY.

CSM

Predominantly one size (uniformly graded) or

missino (oao oraded)'

REVISIONS

~

Not meeting both criteria for GW

little or no fines'

amounts of alt inter.

greater than 6

mediate particle sizes C, = .moor 0'0 x 0.. between 1 and 3 SP

Poorly graded sands and gravelly sands. little or no fines'

Not meeting both criteria for SW

Predominately one size (uniformly graded) or a range of sizes with some intermediate sizes missino (oao oraded)

Sands with .do.

-do.

SM

Silly sands, sandsill mixtures.

fines. (More than 12% of material

DATE,

SC

Clayey sands,

...9.

smalter than No. 200 sieve

sand.clay mixtures

size)'

Atterberg limits below "A" line. or PI less than 4 Atterberg limits above "A" line, with PI greater Ihan 7

Atterberg limits above "A" line with PI between 4 & 7 is border-

Nonplastic fines or fines of low plasticity.

Plastic fines

line case SM-SC

Reactio n

ML THIS DRAWING

IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED

Inorganic silts. very

Silts and clays.

fine sands, rock

(Liquid limit less than 50)

flour, silly or clayey

Fine grained soils (More than half of

Atterberg limits below "A" line. or PI less than 4

fine sands

materials is smalter than

CL

Inorganic clays of

Atterberg

Atterberg limits above "A" line with PI between 4 & 7 is border. line case

Dry

to

Strenglh

Shaking

Tough. ness. Near Plastic Limit

ML.CL

None to

Quick to

slight

slow

Medium

None to

None

Medium

ROL/NFP/CSM - 2012/09/26 GEOTECHNICALINVESTIGATIONAND MATERIALTESTING

PLANT NOJ

INDEX

I

DOCUMENT NO. I

JOB ORDER NO.

A SAUDI ARABIA

I APPENDIX. XVII

PAGE NO.

37 OF 49

REV.

0

;-:

~ u

9-L:~ ~J~\

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

4.5y:;J\

Q ~

No.

Q

Iow

~

Ci

- do -

200 sieve size.)

to medium plasticity;

(Visual: more than half of

gravelly clays. silty clays. sandy clays. lean clavs.

particles are so OL

fine that they cannot be seen

z 0 f: "-

slow

Atterberg limits below "A" line.

organic silt-clays

very

high

Organic silts and

- do -

bv naked eve.)

i:2 uen '" '"

to

limits above "A" line. with PI greater than 7

Slight to medium

Slow

Slight

Slow

Slight

to medium

to

to

none

medium.

None

High

None 10

Slight to medium

Slight

of low Dlasticilv. MH

- do -

Silts and clays. (liquid limit

Inorganic silts. micaceous or diatomaceous

greater than 50.)

fine sands or silts.

Atterberg limits below "A" line.

elastic silts.

Inorganic clays of high

CH - do -

- do -

plasticity. fat clays.

0z

OH

REVISIONS

Organic clays of medium to high Dlasticitv Peat. muck and other

- do -

1£

Pt - do -

21112-119-26

CII

.

Highly organic soil

Atterberg limits above "A" line.

High to very hiah

Atterberg limits below "A" line.

Medium to hiah

Organic calor and odor.

High ignition loss. LL and PI decrease after drying.

highly organic soils.

very slow

spongy feel. frequently fibrous texture.

Materials with 5 to 12 percent smaller than No. 200 sieve are borderline cases. designaled: GW-GM. SW-SC. etc

APPROVED

HIV-E&DD ENG. SUPpORT

IHV.

I

CSM

P LA~TICITY

CHART

I'"

I

/

"ERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED

~ . ,...o,L ~

TABLE ROL/NFP/CSM GEOTECHNICAL .IOB ORI>ER

,"

..., ..'II~", ",ltJ, ...,-,: :-. "'f}! 1"1.

-

III- 1

2012/09/26 INVESTIGATION

AND MATERIAL TESTING

PLANT NOJ

INDEX

I

DOCUMENT NO.

PAGE NO,

I APPENDIX.XVII

OF 49

NO.

A SAUDI ARABIA

38

REV.

0

'"' '" "' u

~~~

SAUDI ELECTRICITYCOMPANY

~J~I

~y1J'

Q

~"' Q

'" '" '-'

RM S)IT£d ':

G...,sni.bx.

Apr4;;ai;tEd;:,tpPlel

1}i!:"¥.'>]ttml1"fr.S

Ex.JJ;7P'E

![;!yt.J:;:f]sic.I;;r,,;rti.;ofKr.!S

i'"""tllT'!!;i!E;;

g;)lj3TCIIE

Bddr.;Cbf1f>-

Q;:

\ Il'ai1!

tErlS'.", J IM31e

z 0

C&I!..

"1=

lT:;;I.

(}()\%'ACnCN

0::

uen

sU;;;' CE\12>'E)

'"

"

I I

sij,{j£""" liEIL\?J;.1E xx';:'cLy'"

,.I

I

",

"..t..................., '".

...........""""".'

LC€EXMPlE

rH I:,iHcEml Itl

-

-.....

0 z

,"':' REVISIONS

S

cl C"if:!al:i""

.0 e

ISH-LE 1-I3.a

12.8.7= "02 u en

'" Q

0 z

'"

-

'"

REVISIONS

Easily excavated with hand shovel

2) Compact.

Difficult to excavate with hand shovel

3)

Must be loosened with pick to excavate with hand shovel

Dense

B. Soil Borings Where Standard Penetration Test (SPT) results are available and the penetration resistance does not appear to be influenced by other factors (e.g., rock fragments, cementation, etc.), the density may be described in accordance with the following presumptive relationship:

PREPARED 'JY, I~ DATE,

1) Loose

012-09-2(,

CIIJny,

APP'WYE!>

PRESUMPTIVE DENSITY

EHV-EIV.

{J1J/ CSM 2012-09-26

3.07 FINAL LOGS Examples of final logs of test borings and test pits are illustrated on Plates 111-1and 111-1 a, utilizing COMPANY Standard Form 15109 (11/83). Blank copies of these forms will be available to the CONTRACTOR as needed for specific PROJECTS.

OPERATING nE"A.nMF.NT

CERTlFlEn

nAlE,

'""-"9-'

nlls

DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOI{ CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CEHTIFIED AND DATED

ROL/NFP/CSM- 2012/09/26 PLANTN°i

I DOCUMENT NO.

.JOB ORDER NO.

A SAUDI ARABIA

REV.

INDEX

GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONAND MATERIAL TESTING

IAPPENDIX-XVII

NO.I 42

OF 49

l 0

,.: 1:3

..4~

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

u

" ~ -< "

'" :I:

SEG RORING

U

PROJECT

lNQRTl-I:

TYPE OF BORING:

GROUND E! EVA.j ION: DEPTH AT GRO!JN'D1N.ATER TABLE: MEASUREDAT:

'" Q

-

HOURS. ON

11:' r{ }: ;'-' ito;;:: ;r Ir ,fi: ,. u, ffi ¥ $J I), :;, ,,'" J" d :!: ::';; ;} iF "'. F1i:;j :,

~~t;;~

~~

W !1fi:;i

W~c:i{'5~T$ii!t\'~P;i1 Q ~ :l.i;,,! ~Rf;:tt

"' Q

;;,

DJ

""

g "

CIIK)!) 'lV,

ArrROVED EHV.E&DI) ENG. S!JI'I'ORT

DlV.

UP! CSM 2(112.(I'.2!>

orERATING

DErARTMENT

I. 0:0"'''''

El

--..

~~/ BY, MOIIAMMA

,wrE,

Recommendations

.SAFFAR

"1I2.(l9.2!>

THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED

The section on Recommendations shall give clear, concise, positive recommendations of the design criteria for each type of foundations, which is to be used, to govern the design of all foundations for the PROJECT; and, shall give specific recommendations for the design of other elements of construction, which may be influenced by geotechnical considerations, as defined in the scope of WORK for a given PROJECT. Where appropriate, this shall include: 1) Bearing capacities for various types of shallow foundations, e.g. spread footings, mat, thickened edge slab, etc. Recommend type best suited for site. 2) Deep foundation capacities; including drilled piers, caissons, driven piles, augered (bored) piles, etc. Discuss tension, compression and lateral capacity of foundation system. For augered (bored) pile foundation free-head pile type, provide pile

ROL/NFP/CSM- 2012/09/26 REV.

INDEX

GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONAND MATERIAL TESTING PLANT N°1

I

DOCUMENT NO.

JOB ORDER NO.

A SAUDI ARABIA

I APPENDIX.XVII

47

NO.I

OF 49

l 0

""'"

~4~

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

u

~..I~\ 4.sy13\

Q

~ ~

""u Q

capacities and P-Y curves with a minimum of three (3) pile diameters with three (3) varying pile length for each pile diameter. 3) Estimated foundation settlements or swell

z

4) CBR and "K" values for pavement and floor slab design

E

:;: '" Q

5) Lateral earth pressures (active, passive, at-rest, etc.)

u if;

6) Potential seismic and dynamic soil problems 7) Slope stability, soil and rock 0 z

..,

-

N

8) Site development including site preparation and filling REVISIONS

PREPARED DATE,

RV,

X

CH~'

~ 2012-09-'6

'-

9) Foundation and subsurface construction excavation 10) Ground water considerations 11) Drilling and blasting problems

APPROVED

EHV-E&DD ENG. SUPPORT DIV.

t#

12) Rock bolting and anchoring problems 13) Special foundation treatments, e.g. surcharging, unsuitable material replacement, grouting, etc.

CSM 2012-09-'6

14) Recommended elevation for foundations OPERATING DEI'ARTMENI

15) Recommendations for further investigation and analysis, if required 16) Recommendations for soil improvement (Vibro-replacement, Vibroflotation, Dynamic Compaction, Stone Columns, and any other widely accepted soil improvement techniques.)

J. Certification v '>ATE,

'on-09-'

Both the engineer responsible for the foundation analysis and a principal of the COMPANY shall certify the accuracy of the contents of the report by affixing their signatures thereto.

K. Illustrations

THIS ORAWING IS NOT TO liE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED

The illustrations provided with the report do not necessarily require a separate section. Illustrative material including any of the following that are applicable to the PROJECT will be used in the final report. 1) PROJECT Location Map 2) Plan of Exploration ROL/NFP/CSM- 2012/09/26 GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONAND MATERIAL TESTING

.JOII ORDER

PLANT NOJ

INDEX

I DOCUMENT NO.

NO.

A SAUDI ARABIA

I APPENDIX - XVII

PAGENO. 48

OF 49

REV.

0

;-: 1:: u

s:-4~

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

~J~\

4..sy;J\

Q

:: "' Q '"

"u

3) Logs of Explorations 4 ) Test Data and Resulting Charts

z 0 ;:: 0..

5) Site Geology Map

02 u en

6) Top of Rock Contour Map

'" Q

7) Geologic Structure Map

0 z

-

'"

'"

REVISIONS

PREPARED

~

BV,

DATE'.A. ClrG.1V,

21112-119-'6 ~

A"I'ROVED EHV-E&DI) ENC. SUPPORT

DIV.

Id/ CSM '"12-"9-'6

8) Soils and/or rock cross-sections shall show correlation of overburden and rock units including such significant features as water levels, water losses, core losses, and solution zones. Cross-sections shall emphasize geologic structure, show depths of primary and secondary weathering, and interpret top of rock for construction purposes. 9) Photographs of all rock cores recovered as well as photos illustrating pertinent site conditions. All photos shall have the following information on the back of the photo or under the photo, if it is mounted: Name of PROJECT, site location, date of photo, CONTRACTOR, location of photographer and direction that the photo is viewing, a brief description of main points in photo, name of photographer, a sequential number for each photo and notes showing if photo is a "Pan-View". An arrow showing number, location and direction of the photo will be noted on the plan of explorations for the PROJECT. Negatives for field photos and core photos will be retained by the CONTRACTOR in a permanent file.

OPERATING DEPARTMENT

*** END OF SECTION - IV ***

~

:w---

DATE,

'(112-09-26

REFERENCES:

BV, MOIIAMMA1U\lrSAFFAR

1. Lambe - Soil Testing for Engineers 2. ASTM - Procedures for Testing Soils

THIS HRAWING IS NOT TO BE USF;H FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORHF;RING MATERIALS UNTIL CERTlFIF:H ANH HATEH

ROLlNFP/CSM - 2012/09/26 REV.

INDEX

GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONAND MATERIAL TESTING PLANT N°1

I

DOCUMENT NO.

.JOB OIWF;R NO.

A SAUDI ARABIA

I APPENDIX

- XVII

49

OF 49

NO.I

I

0